<configuration>
  <system.data>
    <DbProviderFactories>
      <remove invariant="System.Data.SQLite"/>
      <add name="SQLite Data Provider" invariant="System.Data.SQLite" 
           description=".Net Framework Data Provider for SQLite"
           type="System.Data.SQLite.SQLiteFactory, System.Data.SQLite,
                 Version=1.0.74.0, Culture=neutral,
                 PublicKeyToken=db937bc2d44ff139"/>
    </DbProviderFactories>
  </system.data>
</configuration>
</pre>
      </div>
      <p>

<configuration>
  <system.data>
    <DbProviderFactories>
      <remove invariant="System.Data.SQLite"/>
      <add name="SQLite Data Provider" invariant="System.Data.SQLite" 
           description=".Net Framework Data Provider for SQLite"
           type="System.Data.SQLite.SQLiteFactory, System.Data.SQLite,
                 Version=1.0.75.0, Culture=neutral,
                 PublicKeyToken=db937bc2d44ff139"/>
    </DbProviderFactories>
  </system.data>
</configuration>
</pre>
      </div>
      <p>

        in case you want to add it to the Global Assembly Cache (GAC). This is the only DLL required to be redistributed with 
        your SQLite.NET application(s).  It 
        comes in 3
        flavors: Win32, Itanium and x64 (AMD64).</p>
      <h1 class="heading">Distributing the Binaries (Compact Framework)</h1>
      <p><b>System.Data.SQLite.DLL </b>and <b>SQLite.Interop.XXX.DLL</b> must be 
        deployed on the Compact Framework.&nbsp; The XXX is the build number of the 
        System.Data.SQLite library (e.g. &quot;074&quot;).&nbsp; SQLite.Interop.XXX is a fully 
        native assembly compiled for the ARM processor, and System.Data.SQLite is the 
        fully-managed Compact Framework assembly.</p>
      <hr />
      <div id="footer">
        <p>
          <a href="mailto:sqlite-users@sqlite.org?subject=SQLite.NET%20Class%20Library%20Documentation%20Feedback:%20Welcome">
          Send comments on this topic.<!--[if gte IE 5]><tool:tip element="seeAlsoToolTip" avoidmouse="false" /><tool:tip element="languageFilterToolTip" avoidmouse="false" /><![endif]-->    </div>
    </div>
  </body>
</html>

        in case you want to add it to the Global Assembly Cache (GAC). This is the only DLL required to be redistributed with 
        your SQLite.NET application(s).  It 
        comes in 3
        flavors: Win32, Itanium and x64 (AMD64).</p>
      <h1 class="heading">Distributing the Binaries (Compact Framework)</h1>
      <p><b>System.Data.SQLite.DLL </b>and <b>SQLite.Interop.XXX.DLL</b> must be 
        deployed on the Compact Framework.&nbsp; The XXX is the build number of the 
        System.Data.SQLite library (e.g. &quot;075&quot;).&nbsp; SQLite.Interop.XXX is a fully 
        native assembly compiled for the ARM processor, and System.Data.SQLite is the 
        fully-managed Compact Framework assembly.</p>
      <hr />
      <div id="footer">
        <p>
          <a href="mailto:sqlite-users@sqlite.org?subject=SQLite.NET%20Class%20Library%20Documentation%20Feedback:%20Welcome">
          Send comments on this topic.<!--[if gte IE 5]><tool:tip element="seeAlsoToolTip" avoidmouse="false" /><tool:tip element="languageFilterToolTip" avoidmouse="false" /><![endif]-->    </div>
    </div>
  </body>
</html>

 * Written by Joe Mistachkin.
 * Released to the public domain, use at your own risk!
 *
-->
<Project DefaultTargets="Build" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003" ToolsVersion="4.0">
  <PropertyGroup Label="UserMacros">
    <ConfigurationYear>2010</ConfigurationYear>
    <INTEROP_BUILD_NUMBER>074</INTEROP_BUILD_NUMBER>
    <INTEROP_MANIFEST_VERSION>1.0.74.0</INTEROP_MANIFEST_VERSION>
    <INTEROP_RC_VERSION>1,0,74,0</INTEROP_RC_VERSION>
    <INTEROP_ASSEMBLY_RESOURCES>/ASSEMBLYRESOURCE:..\System.Data.SQLite\SQLiteCommand.bmp,System.Data.SQLite.SQLiteCommand.bmp /ASSEMBLYRESOURCE:..\System.Data.SQLite\SQLiteConnection.bmp,System.Data.SQLite.SQLiteConnection.bmp /ASSEMBLYRESOURCE:..\System.Data.SQLite\SQLiteDataAdapter.bmp,System.Data.SQLite.SQLiteDataAdapter.bmp</INTEROP_ASSEMBLY_RESOURCES>
    <INTEROP_KEY_FILE>$(ProjectDir)..\System.Data.SQLite\System.Data.SQLite.snk</INTEROP_KEY_FILE>
    <INTEROP_NATIVE_NAME>SQLite.Interop</INTEROP_NATIVE_NAME>
    <INTEROP_MIXED_NAME>System.Data.SQLite</INTEROP_MIXED_NAME>
  </PropertyGroup>
  <PropertyGroup>
    <_ProjectFileVersion>10.0.30319.1</_ProjectFileVersion>

 * Written by Joe Mistachkin.
 * Released to the public domain, use at your own risk!
 *
-->
<Project DefaultTargets="Build" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003" ToolsVersion="4.0">
  <PropertyGroup Label="UserMacros">
    <ConfigurationYear>2010</ConfigurationYear>
    <INTEROP_BUILD_NUMBER>075</INTEROP_BUILD_NUMBER>
    <INTEROP_MANIFEST_VERSION>1.0.75.0</INTEROP_MANIFEST_VERSION>
    <INTEROP_RC_VERSION>1,0,75,0</INTEROP_RC_VERSION>
    <INTEROP_ASSEMBLY_RESOURCES>/ASSEMBLYRESOURCE:..\System.Data.SQLite\SQLiteCommand.bmp,System.Data.SQLite.SQLiteCommand.bmp /ASSEMBLYRESOURCE:..\System.Data.SQLite\SQLiteConnection.bmp,System.Data.SQLite.SQLiteConnection.bmp /ASSEMBLYRESOURCE:..\System.Data.SQLite\SQLiteDataAdapter.bmp,System.Data.SQLite.SQLiteDataAdapter.bmp</INTEROP_ASSEMBLY_RESOURCES>
    <INTEROP_KEY_FILE>$(ProjectDir)..\System.Data.SQLite\System.Data.SQLite.snk</INTEROP_KEY_FILE>
    <INTEROP_NATIVE_NAME>SQLite.Interop</INTEROP_NATIVE_NAME>
    <INTEROP_MIXED_NAME>System.Data.SQLite</INTEROP_MIXED_NAME>
  </PropertyGroup>
  <PropertyGroup>
    <_ProjectFileVersion>10.0.30319.1</_ProjectFileVersion>

	<UserMacro
		Name="ConfigurationYear"
		Value="2008"
		PerformEnvironmentSet="true"
	/>
	<UserMacro
		Name="INTEROP_BUILD_NUMBER"
		Value="074"
		PerformEnvironmentSet="true"
	/>
	<UserMacro
		Name="INTEROP_MANIFEST_VERSION"
		Value="1.0.74.0"
		PerformEnvironmentSet="true"
	/>
	<UserMacro
		Name="INTEROP_RC_VERSION"
		Value="1,0,74,0"
		PerformEnvironmentSet="true"
	/>
	<UserMacro
		Name="INTEROP_ASSEMBLY_RESOURCES"
		Value="/ASSEMBLYRESOURCE:..\System.Data.SQLite\SQLiteCommand.bmp,System.Data.SQLite.SQLiteCommand.bmp /ASSEMBLYRESOURCE:..\System.Data.SQLite\SQLiteConnection.bmp,System.Data.SQLite.SQLiteConnection.bmp /ASSEMBLYRESOURCE:..\System.Data.SQLite\SQLiteDataAdapter.bmp,System.Data.SQLite.SQLiteDataAdapter.bmp"
		PerformEnvironmentSet="true"
	/>

	<UserMacro
		Name="ConfigurationYear"
		Value="2008"
		PerformEnvironmentSet="true"
	/>
	<UserMacro
		Name="INTEROP_BUILD_NUMBER"
		Value="075"
		PerformEnvironmentSet="true"
	/>
	<UserMacro
		Name="INTEROP_MANIFEST_VERSION"
		Value="1.0.75.0"
		PerformEnvironmentSet="true"
	/>
	<UserMacro
		Name="INTEROP_RC_VERSION"
		Value="1,0,75,0"
		PerformEnvironmentSet="true"
	/>
	<UserMacro
		Name="INTEROP_ASSEMBLY_RESOURCES"
		Value="/ASSEMBLYRESOURCE:..\System.Data.SQLite\SQLiteCommand.bmp,System.Data.SQLite.SQLiteCommand.bmp /ASSEMBLYRESOURCE:..\System.Data.SQLite\SQLiteConnection.bmp,System.Data.SQLite.SQLiteConnection.bmp /ASSEMBLYRESOURCE:..\System.Data.SQLite\SQLiteDataAdapter.bmp,System.Data.SQLite.SQLiteDataAdapter.bmp"
		PerformEnvironmentSet="true"
	/>

 *
 * Written by Joe Mistachkin.
 * Released to the public domain, use at your own risk!
 *
-->
<Project DefaultTargets="Build" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003" ToolsVersion="4.0">
  <PropertyGroup Label="UserMacros">
    <SQLITE_MANIFEST_VERSION>3.7.7.1</SQLITE_MANIFEST_VERSION>
    <SQLITE_RC_VERSION>3,7,7,1</SQLITE_RC_VERSION>
    <SQLITE_COMMON_DEFINES>SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1;SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA=1;SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2=1;SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3=1;SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION=1;SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE=1;SQLITE_SOUNDEX=1</SQLITE_COMMON_DEFINES>
    <SQLITE_EXTRA_DEFINES>SQLITE_HAS_CODEC=1</SQLITE_EXTRA_DEFINES>
    <SQLITE_WINCE_DEFINES>SQLITE_OMIT_WAL=1</SQLITE_WINCE_DEFINES>
    <SQLITE_DEBUG_DEFINES>SQLITE_DEBUG=1;SQLITE_MEMDEBUG=1</SQLITE_DEBUG_DEFINES>
    <SQLITE_DISABLE_WARNINGS>4018;4055;4057;4090;4100;4127;4132;4146;4152;4210;4244;4245;4389;4701;4706;4996</SQLITE_DISABLE_WARNINGS>
    <SQLITE_DISABLE_X64_WARNINGS>4267;4306</SQLITE_DISABLE_X64_WARNINGS>
  </PropertyGroup>
  <PropertyGroup>

 *
 * Written by Joe Mistachkin.
 * Released to the public domain, use at your own risk!
 *
-->
<Project DefaultTargets="Build" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003" ToolsVersion="4.0">
  <PropertyGroup Label="UserMacros">
    <SQLITE_MANIFEST_VERSION>3.7.8</SQLITE_MANIFEST_VERSION>
    <SQLITE_RC_VERSION>3,7,8</SQLITE_RC_VERSION>
    <SQLITE_COMMON_DEFINES>SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC=1;SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1;SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA=1;SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2=1;SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3=1;SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION=1;SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE=1;SQLITE_SOUNDEX=1</SQLITE_COMMON_DEFINES>
    <SQLITE_EXTRA_DEFINES>SQLITE_HAS_CODEC=1</SQLITE_EXTRA_DEFINES>
    <SQLITE_WINCE_DEFINES>SQLITE_OMIT_WAL=1</SQLITE_WINCE_DEFINES>
    <SQLITE_DEBUG_DEFINES>SQLITE_DEBUG=1;SQLITE_MEMDEBUG=1</SQLITE_DEBUG_DEFINES>
    <SQLITE_DISABLE_WARNINGS>4018;4055;4057;4090;4100;4127;4132;4146;4152;4210;4244;4245;4389;4701;4706;4996</SQLITE_DISABLE_WARNINGS>
    <SQLITE_DISABLE_X64_WARNINGS>4267;4306</SQLITE_DISABLE_X64_WARNINGS>
  </PropertyGroup>
  <PropertyGroup>

<VisualStudioPropertySheet
	ProjectType="Visual C++"
	Version="8.00"
	Name="sqlite3"
	>
	<UserMacro
		Name="SQLITE_MANIFEST_VERSION"
		Value="3.7.7.1"
		PerformEnvironmentSet="true"
	/>
	<UserMacro
		Name="SQLITE_RC_VERSION"
		Value="3,7,7,1"
		PerformEnvironmentSet="true"
	/>
	<UserMacro
		Name="SQLITE_COMMON_DEFINES"
		Value="SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1;SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA=1;SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2=1;SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3=1;SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION=1;SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE=1;SQLITE_SOUNDEX=1"
		PerformEnvironmentSet="true"
	/>
	<UserMacro
		Name="SQLITE_EXTRA_DEFINES"
		Value="SQLITE_HAS_CODEC=1"
		PerformEnvironmentSet="true"
	/>

<VisualStudioPropertySheet
	ProjectType="Visual C++"
	Version="8.00"
	Name="sqlite3"
	>
	<UserMacro
		Name="SQLITE_MANIFEST_VERSION"
		Value="3.7.8"
		PerformEnvironmentSet="true"
	/>
	<UserMacro
		Name="SQLITE_RC_VERSION"
		Value="3,7,8"
		PerformEnvironmentSet="true"
	/>
	<UserMacro
		Name="SQLITE_COMMON_DEFINES"
		Value="SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC=1;SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1;SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA=1;SQLITE_ENABLE_STAT2=1;SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3=1;SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION=1;SQLITE_ENABLE_RTREE=1;SQLITE_SOUNDEX=1"
		PerformEnvironmentSet="true"
	/>
	<UserMacro
		Name="SQLITE_EXTRA_DEFINES"
		Value="SQLITE_HAS_CODEC=1"
		PerformEnvironmentSet="true"
	/>

#endif

/*
** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to
** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use.
**
**     SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC          // Use normal system malloc()

**     SQLITE_MEMDEBUG               // Debugging version of system malloc()





**
** (Historical note:  There used to be several other options, but we've
** pared it down to just these two.)
**
** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as
** the default.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)>1
# error "At most one of the following compile-time configuration options\
 is allows: SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG"
#endif
#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)==0
# define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1
#endif

/*
** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is not zero, then try to keep the
** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible.
*/
................................................................................
**
** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.7.8"
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3007008
#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2011-07-28 20:48:38 1b56677bdfb102d070a2057a65ba424fec81131d"

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid
**
** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
................................................................................
** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications
** with specialized memory allocation requirements.  This object is
** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative
** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in
** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such
** conditions.
**
** The xMalloc and xFree methods must work like the
** malloc() and free() functions from the standard C library.
** The xRealloc method must work like realloc() from the standard C library
** with the exception that if the second argument to xRealloc is zero,
** xRealloc must be a no-op - it must not perform any allocation or
** deallocation.  ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to
** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup.
** And so in cases where xRoundup always returns a positive number,
** xRealloc can perform exactly as the standard library realloc() and
** still be in compliance with this specification.
**
** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation
** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc.  The allocated size
** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger.
**
** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of
** a memory allocation given a particular requested size.  Most memory
................................................................................
** Provide a default value for SQLITE_TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified
** on the command-line
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE
# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE 1
#endif









/*
** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it
** ourselves.
*/
#ifndef offsetof
#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD))
#endif
................................................................................
** pager.h.
*/
#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL  1  /* Do not create or use a rollback journal */
#define BTREE_NO_READLOCK   2  /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */
#define BTREE_MEMORY        4  /* This is an in-memory DB */
#define BTREE_SINGLE        8  /* The file contains at most 1 b-tree */
#define BTREE_UNORDERED    16  /* Use of a hash implementation is OK */


SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree*,int,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
................................................................................
**
** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine
** or VDBE.  The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a
** simple program to access and modify the underlying database.
*/
#ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
#define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_


/*
** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe".  Only routines
** in the source file sqliteVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides
** of this structure.
*/
typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe;
................................................................................
    VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;   /* Used when p4type is P4_VDBEFUNC */
    CollSeq *pColl;        /* Used when p4type is P4_COLLSEQ */
    Mem *pMem;             /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */
    VTable *pVtab;         /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */
    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;     /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */
    int *ai;               /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */
    SubProgram *pProgram;  /* Used when p4type is P4_SUBPROGRAM */

  } p4;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  char *zComment;          /* Comment to improve readability */
#endif
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
  int cnt;                 /* Number of times this instruction was executed */
  u64 cycles;              /* Total time spent executing this instruction */
................................................................................
#define P4_VTAB     (-10) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */
#define P4_MPRINTF  (-11) /* P4 is a string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() */
#define P4_REAL     (-12) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */
#define P4_INT64    (-13) /* P4 is a 64-bit signed integer */
#define P4_INT32    (-14) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */
#define P4_INTARRAY (-15) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */
#define P4_SUBPROGRAM  (-18) /* P4 is a pointer to a SubProgram structure */


/* When adding a P4 argument using P4_KEYINFO, a copy of the KeyInfo structure
** is made.  That copy is freed when the Vdbe is finalized.  But if the
** argument is P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, the passed in pointer is used.  It still
** gets freed when the Vdbe is finalized so it still should be obtained
** from a single sqliteMalloc().  But no copy is made and the calling
** function should *not* try to free the KeyInfo.
................................................................................
#define OP_AutoCommit                          33
#define OP_Transaction                         34
#define OP_ReadCookie                          35
#define OP_SetCookie                           36
#define OP_VerifyCookie                        37
#define OP_OpenRead                            38
#define OP_OpenWrite                           39

#define OP_OpenAutoindex                       40
#define OP_OpenEphemeral                       41
#define OP_OpenPseudo                          42
#define OP_Close                               43
#define OP_SeekLt                              44
#define OP_SeekLe                              45
#define OP_SeekGe                              46
#define OP_SeekGt                              47
#define OP_Seek                                48
#define OP_NotFound                            49
#define OP_Found                               50
#define OP_IsUnique                            51
#define OP_NotExists                           52
#define OP_Sequence                            53
#define OP_NewRowid                            54
#define OP_Insert                              55
#define OP_InsertInt                           56
#define OP_Delete                              57
#define OP_ResetCount                          58
#define OP_RowKey                              59
#define OP_RowData                             60
#define OP_Rowid                               61
#define OP_NullRow                             62
#define OP_Last                                63
#define OP_Sort                                64
#define OP_Rewind                              65
#define OP_Prev                                66
#define OP_Next                                67
#define OP_IdxInsert                           70
#define OP_IdxDelete                           71
#define OP_IdxRowid                            72
#define OP_IdxLT                               81
#define OP_IdxGE                               92
#define OP_Destroy                             95
#define OP_Clear                               96
#define OP_CreateIndex                         97
#define OP_CreateTable                         98
#define OP_ParseSchema                         99
#define OP_LoadAnalysis                       100
#define OP_DropTable                          101
#define OP_DropIndex                          102
#define OP_DropTrigger                        103
#define OP_IntegrityCk                        104
#define OP_RowSetAdd                          105
#define OP_RowSetRead                         106
#define OP_RowSetTest                         107
#define OP_Program                            108
#define OP_Param                              109
#define OP_FkCounter                          110
#define OP_FkIfZero                           111
#define OP_MemMax                             112
#define OP_IfPos                              113
#define OP_IfNeg                              114
#define OP_IfZero                             115
#define OP_AggStep                            116
#define OP_AggFinal                           117
#define OP_Checkpoint                         118
#define OP_JournalMode                        119
#define OP_Vacuum                             120
#define OP_IncrVacuum                         121
#define OP_Expire                             122
#define OP_TableLock                          123
#define OP_VBegin                             124
#define OP_VCreate                            125
#define OP_VDestroy                           126
#define OP_VOpen                              127
#define OP_VFilter                            128
#define OP_VColumn                            129
#define OP_VNext                              131
#define OP_VRename                            132
#define OP_VUpdate                            133
#define OP_Pagecount                          134
#define OP_MaxPgcnt                           135
#define OP_Trace                              136
#define OP_Noop                               137
#define OP_Explain                            138

/* The following opcode values are never used */
#define OP_NotUsed_139                        139
#define OP_NotUsed_140                        140


/* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in
** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c
** are encoded into bitvectors as follows:
*/
................................................................................
#define OPFLG_OUT3            0x0040  /* out3:  P3 is an output */
#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\
/*   0 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x05, 0x04, 0x04, 0x10, 0x00, 0x02,\
/*   8 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x24, 0x24,\
/*  16 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x24, 0x04, 0x05, 0x04, 0x00,\
/*  24 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02,\
/*  32 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/*  40 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11,\
/*  48 */ 0x08, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00,\
/*  56 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01,\
/*  64 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x08, 0x00,\
/*  72 */ 0x02, 0x05, 0x05, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15,\
/*  80 */ 0x15, 0x01, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c,\
/*  88 */ 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x01, 0x24, 0x02, 0x02,\
/*  96 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 104 */ 0x00, 0x0c, 0x45, 0x15, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01,\
/* 112 */ 0x08, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02,\
/* 120 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 128 */ 0x01, 0x00, 0x02, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02,\
/* 136 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04,\
/* 144 */ 0x04, 0x04,}

/************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/

/*
** Prototypes for the VDBE interface.  See comments on the implementation
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe*,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe*,int,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const char *zP4,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe*,int,char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, int addr, int P1);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, int addr, int P2);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, int addr, int P3);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe*, u8 P5);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr, int N);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*);
................................................................................
** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen().
**
** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h.
*/
#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL  0x0001    /* Do not use a rollback journal */
#define PAGER_NO_READLOCK   0x0002    /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */
#define PAGER_MEMORY        0x0004    /* In-memory database */


/*
** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode().
*/
#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY      -1
#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL      0
#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE   1
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*);




/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno);

#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(DbPage *);
#endif
................................................................................
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
  "INT64_TYPE",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
  "LOCK_TRACE",
#endif



#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
  "MEMDEBUG",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
  "MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
................................................................................
  "OMIT_LOCALTIME",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
  "OMIT_LOOKASIDE",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
  "OMIT_MEMORYDB",



#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION
  "OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
  "OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS",
#endif
................................................................................
  "OMIT_WAL",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
  "OMIT_WSD",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
  "OMIT_XFER_OPT",



#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
  "PERFORMANCE_TRACE",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
  "PROXY_DEBUG",
#endif
................................................................................
typedef struct VdbeOp Op;

/*
** Boolean values
*/
typedef unsigned char Bool;




/*
** A cursor is a pointer into a single BTree within a database file.
** The cursor can seek to a BTree entry with a particular key, or
** loop over all entries of the Btree.  You can also insert new BTree
** entries or retrieve the key or data from the entry that the cursor
** is currently pointing to.
** 
................................................................................
  Bool isIndex;         /* True if an index containing keys only - no data */
  Bool isOrdered;       /* True if the underlying table is BTREE_UNORDERED */
  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;  /* The cursor for a virtual table */
  const sqlite3_module *pModule;     /* Module for cursor pVtabCursor */
  i64 seqCount;         /* Sequence counter */
  i64 movetoTarget;     /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
  i64 lastRowid;        /* Last rowid from a Next or NextIdx operation */


  /* Result of last sqlite3BtreeMoveto() done by an OP_NotExists or 
  ** OP_IsUnique opcode on this cursor. */
  int seekResult;

  /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the
  ** cursor is currently pointing to.  Only valid if cacheStatus matches
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,int,int,int,Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p);



SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(Mem *pMem);

















#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe*);
#else
# define sqlite3VdbeEnter(X)
# define sqlite3VdbeLeave(X)
................................................................................
**
**      Jean Meeus
**      Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998
**      ISBM 0-943396-61-1
**      Willmann-Bell, Inc
**      Richmond, Virginia (USA)
*/


#include <time.h>

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS


/*
** A structure for holding a single date and time.
................................................................................
#ifdef __GLIBC__
  extern int backtrace(void**,int);
  extern void backtrace_symbols_fd(void*const*,int,int);
#else
# define backtrace(A,B) 1
# define backtrace_symbols_fd(A,B,C)
#endif


/*
** Each memory allocation looks like this:
**
**  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
**  | Title |  backtrace pointers |  MemBlockHdr |  allocation |  EndGuard |
**  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** Memory allocation functions used throughout sqlite.
*/


/*
** Attempt to release up to n bytes of non-essential memory currently
** held by SQLite. An example of non-essential memory is memory used to
** cache database pages that are not currently in use.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int n){
................................................................................
**
**
** BOM or Byte Order Mark:
**     0xff 0xfe   little-endian utf-16 follows
**     0xfe 0xff   big-endian utf-16 follows
**
*/


#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
/*
** The following constant value is used by the SQLITE_BIGENDIAN and
** SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN macros.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1;
................................................................................
*************************************************************************
** Utility functions used throughout sqlite.
**
** This file contains functions for allocating memory, comparing
** strings, and stuff like that.
**
*/

#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
# include <math.h>
#endif

/*
** Routine needed to support the testcase() macro.
*/
................................................................................
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables
** used in SQLite.
*/


/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
** fields of the Hash structure.
**
** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew){
................................................................................
     /*  33 */ "AutoCommit",
     /*  34 */ "Transaction",
     /*  35 */ "ReadCookie",
     /*  36 */ "SetCookie",
     /*  37 */ "VerifyCookie",
     /*  38 */ "OpenRead",
     /*  39 */ "OpenWrite",
     /*  40 */ "OpenAutoindex",
     /*  41 */ "OpenEphemeral",
     /*  42 */ "OpenPseudo",
     /*  43 */ "Close",
     /*  44 */ "SeekLt",
     /*  45 */ "SeekLe",
     /*  46 */ "SeekGe",
     /*  47 */ "SeekGt",
     /*  48 */ "Seek",
     /*  49 */ "NotFound",
     /*  50 */ "Found",
     /*  51 */ "IsUnique",
     /*  52 */ "NotExists",
     /*  53 */ "Sequence",
     /*  54 */ "NewRowid",
     /*  55 */ "Insert",
     /*  56 */ "InsertInt",
     /*  57 */ "Delete",
     /*  58 */ "ResetCount",
     /*  59 */ "RowKey",
     /*  60 */ "RowData",
     /*  61 */ "Rowid",
     /*  62 */ "NullRow",
     /*  63 */ "Last",
     /*  64 */ "Sort",
     /*  65 */ "Rewind",
     /*  66 */ "Prev",
     /*  67 */ "Next",
     /*  68 */ "Or",
     /*  69 */ "And",
     /*  70 */ "IdxInsert",
     /*  71 */ "IdxDelete",
     /*  72 */ "IdxRowid",
     /*  73 */ "IsNull",
     /*  74 */ "NotNull",
     /*  75 */ "Ne",
     /*  76 */ "Eq",
     /*  77 */ "Gt",
     /*  78 */ "Le",
     /*  79 */ "Lt",
     /*  80 */ "Ge",
     /*  81 */ "IdxLT",
     /*  82 */ "BitAnd",
     /*  83 */ "BitOr",
     /*  84 */ "ShiftLeft",
     /*  85 */ "ShiftRight",
     /*  86 */ "Add",
     /*  87 */ "Subtract",
     /*  88 */ "Multiply",
     /*  89 */ "Divide",
     /*  90 */ "Remainder",
     /*  91 */ "Concat",
     /*  92 */ "IdxGE",
     /*  93 */ "BitNot",
     /*  94 */ "String8",
     /*  95 */ "Destroy",
     /*  96 */ "Clear",
     /*  97 */ "CreateIndex",
     /*  98 */ "CreateTable",
     /*  99 */ "ParseSchema",
     /* 100 */ "LoadAnalysis",
     /* 101 */ "DropTable",
     /* 102 */ "DropIndex",
     /* 103 */ "DropTrigger",
     /* 104 */ "IntegrityCk",
     /* 105 */ "RowSetAdd",
     /* 106 */ "RowSetRead",
     /* 107 */ "RowSetTest",
     /* 108 */ "Program",
     /* 109 */ "Param",
     /* 110 */ "FkCounter",
     /* 111 */ "FkIfZero",
     /* 112 */ "MemMax",
     /* 113 */ "IfPos",
     /* 114 */ "IfNeg",
     /* 115 */ "IfZero",
     /* 116 */ "AggStep",
     /* 117 */ "AggFinal",
     /* 118 */ "Checkpoint",
     /* 119 */ "JournalMode",
     /* 120 */ "Vacuum",
     /* 121 */ "IncrVacuum",
     /* 122 */ "Expire",
     /* 123 */ "TableLock",
     /* 124 */ "VBegin",
     /* 125 */ "VCreate",
     /* 126 */ "VDestroy",
     /* 127 */ "VOpen",
     /* 128 */ "VFilter",
     /* 129 */ "VColumn",
     /* 130 */ "Real",
     /* 131 */ "VNext",
     /* 132 */ "VRename",
     /* 133 */ "VUpdate",
     /* 134 */ "Pagecount",
     /* 135 */ "MaxPgcnt",
     /* 136 */ "Trace",
     /* 137 */ "Noop",
     /* 138 */ "Explain",
     /* 139 */ "NotUsed_139",
     /* 140 */ "NotUsed_140",
     /* 141 */ "ToText",
     /* 142 */ "ToBlob",
     /* 143 */ "ToNumeric",
     /* 144 */ "ToInt",
     /* 145 */ "ToReal",
  };
................................................................................
** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
*/
#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
# ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE
#   define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0
# endif
  int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE;
# define OSTRACE(X)          if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
#else
# define OSTRACE(X)
................................................................................
/*
** standard include files.
*/
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <unistd.h>

#include <sys/time.h>
#include <errno.h>
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
#include <sys/mman.h>
#endif

#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS     0x1

/*
** If we are to be thread-safe, include the pthreads header and define
** the SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro.
*/
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE

# define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1
#endif

/*
** Default permissions when creating a new file
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS
................................................................................
** VFS implementations.
*/
typedef struct unixFile unixFile;
struct unixFile {
  sqlite3_io_methods const *pMethod;  /* Always the first entry */
  unixInodeInfo *pInode;              /* Info about locks on this inode */
  int h;                              /* The file descriptor */
  int dirfd;                          /* File descriptor for the directory */
  unsigned char eFileLock;            /* The type of lock held on this fd */
  unsigned char ctrlFlags;            /* Behavioral bits.  UNIXFILE_* flags */
  int lastErrno;                      /* The unix errno from last I/O error */
  void *lockingContext;               /* Locking style specific state */
  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;              /* Pre-allocated UnixUnusedFd */
  const char *zPath;                  /* Name of the file */
  unixShm *pShm;                      /* Shared memory segment information */
................................................................................

/*
** Allowed values for the unixFile.ctrlFlags bitmask:
*/
#define UNIXFILE_EXCL        0x01     /* Connections from one process only */
#define UNIXFILE_RDONLY      0x02     /* Connection is read only */
#define UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL 0x04     /* Persistent WAL mode */






/*
** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
*/
/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_unix.c ***************/
/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
/*
................................................................................
** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
*/
#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
# ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE
#   define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0
# endif
  int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE;
# define OSTRACE(X)          if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
#else
# define OSTRACE(X)
................................................................................
** The safest way to deal with the problem is to always use this wrapper
** which always has the same well-defined interface.
*/
static int posixOpen(const char *zFile, int flags, int mode){
  return open(zFile, flags, mode);
}




/*
** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that
** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during
** testing and sandboxing.  The following array holds the names and pointers
** to all overrideable system calls.
*/
static struct unix_syscall {
................................................................................
#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE
  { "fallocate",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posix_fallocate,  0 },
#else
  { "fallocate",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,                0 },
#endif
#define osFallocate ((int(*)(int,off_t,off_t))aSyscall[15].pCurrent)







}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */

/*
** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the
** "unix" VFSes.  Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the
** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable
** system call named zName.
................................................................................
**
** It is *not* necessary to hold the mutex when this routine is called,
** even on VxWorks.  A mutex will be acquired on VxWorks by the
** vxworksReleaseFileId() routine.
*/
static int closeUnixFile(sqlite3_file *id){
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ){
    robust_close(pFile, pFile->dirfd, __LINE__);
    pFile->dirfd=-1;
  }
  if( pFile->h>=0 ){
    robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__);
    pFile->h = -1;
  }
#if OS_VXWORKS
  if( pFile->pId ){
    if( pFile->isDelete ){
      unlink(pFile->pId->zCanonicalName);
    }
    vxworksReleaseFileId(pFile->pId);
    pFile->pId = 0;
  }
#endif
  OSTRACE(("CLOSE   %-3d\n", pFile->h));
  OpenCounter(-1);
................................................................................
  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
    pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  
  /* To fully unlock the database, delete the lock file */
  assert( eFileLock==NO_LOCK );
  if( unlink(zLockFile) ){
    int rc = 0;
    int tErrno = errno;
    if( ENOENT != tErrno ){
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
    }
    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
................................................................................
** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
*/
static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int reserved = 0;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;

  
  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
  
  assert( pFile );
  afpLockingContext *context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
  if( context->reserved ){
    *pResOut = 1;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */
  
  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
................................................................................
    }
  }
  
  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
  ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
  */
  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
    int lrc1, lrc2, lrc1Errno;
    long lk, mask;
    
    assert( pInode->nShared==0 );
    assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 );
        
    mask = (sizeof(long)==8) ? LARGEST_INT64 : 0x7fffffff;
    /* Now get the read-lock SHARED_LOCK */
................................................................................
#endif
  TIMER_START;
#if defined(USE_PREAD)
  do{ got = osPwrite(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR );
#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
  do{ got = osPwrite64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);}while( got<0 && errno==EINTR);
#else

  newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
  SimulateIOError( newOffset-- );
  if( newOffset!=offset ){
    if( newOffset == -1 ){
      ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
    }else{
      ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0;			
    }
    return -1;
  }
  do{ got = osWrite(id->h, pBuf, cnt); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR );

#endif
  TIMER_END;
  if( got<0 ){
    ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
  }

  OSTRACE(("WRITE   %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED));
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
#endif

/*
** We do not trust systems to provide a working fdatasync().  Some do.
** Others do no.  To be safe, we will stick with the (slower) fsync().
** If you know that your system does support fdatasync() correctly,
** then simply compile with -Dfdatasync=fdatasync
*/
#if !defined(fdatasync) && !defined(__linux__)
# define fdatasync fsync
#endif

/*
** Define HAVE_FULLFSYNC to 0 or 1 depending on whether or not
** the F_FULLFSYNC macro is defined.  F_FULLFSYNC is currently
** only available on Mac OS X.  But that could change.
................................................................................
#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC */

  if( OS_VXWORKS && rc!= -1 ){
    rc = 0;
  }
  return rc;
}













































/*
** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
**
** If dataOnly==0 then both the file itself and its metadata (file
** size, access time, etc) are synced.  If dataOnly!=0 then only the
** file data is synced.
................................................................................
  OSTRACE(("SYNC    %-3d\n", pFile->h));
  rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, isFullsync, isDataOnly);
  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
  if( rc ){
    pFile->lastErrno = errno;
    return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, "full_fsync", pFile->zPath);
  }
  if( pFile->dirfd>=0 ){
    OSTRACE(("DIRSYNC %-3d (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->dirfd,
            HAVE_FULLFSYNC, isFullsync));
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
    /* The directory sync is only attempted if full_fsync is
    ** turned off or unavailable.  If a full_fsync occurred above,
    ** then the directory sync is superfluous.
    */
    if( (!HAVE_FULLFSYNC || !isFullsync) && full_fsync(pFile->dirfd,0,0) ){
       /*
       ** We have received multiple reports of fsync() returning
       ** errors when applied to directories on certain file systems.
       ** A failed directory sync is not a big deal.  So it seems
       ** better to ignore the error.  Ticket #1657
       */
       /* pFile->lastErrno = errno; */
       /* return SQLITE_IOERR; */
    }
#endif
    /* Only need to sync once, so close the  directory when we are done */
    robust_close(pFile, pFile->dirfd, __LINE__);
    pFile->dirfd = -1;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Truncate an open file to a specified size
*/
................................................................................
** proxying locking division.
*/
static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
#endif

/* 
** This function is called to handle the SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 
** file-control operation.
**
** If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, it could be
** that the file needs to be extended at this point. Otherwise, the
** SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT operation is a no-op for Unix.
*/
static int fcntlSizeHint(unixFile *pFile, i64 nByte){
  { /* preserve indentation of removed "if" */

    i64 nSize;                    /* Required file size */
    i64 szChunk;                  /* Chunk size */
    struct stat buf;              /* Used to hold return values of fstat() */
   
    if( osFstat(pFile->h, &buf) ) return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;

    szChunk = pFile->szChunk;
    if( szChunk==0 ){
      nSize = nByte;
    }else{
      nSize = ((nByte+szChunk-1) / szChunk) * szChunk;
    }
    if( nSize>(i64)buf.st_size ){

#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE
      /* The code below is handling the return value of osFallocate() 
      ** correctly. posix_fallocate() is defined to "returns zero on success, 
      ** or an error number on  failure". See the manpage for details. */
      int err;
................................................................................
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: {
      pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg;
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: {


      return fcntlSizeHint(pFile, *(i64 *)pArg);


    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: {
      int bPersist = *(int*)pArg;
      if( bPersist<0 ){
        *(int*)pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL)!=0;
      }else if( bPersist==0 ){
        pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL;
................................................................................
** All other fields are read/write.  The unixShm.pFile->mutex must be held
** while accessing any read/write fields.
*/
struct unixShm {
  unixShmNode *pShmNode;     /* The underlying unixShmNode object */
  unixShm *pNext;            /* Next unixShm with the same unixShmNode */
  u8 hasMutex;               /* True if holding the unixShmNode mutex */

  u16 sharedMask;            /* Mask of shared locks held */
  u16 exclMask;              /* Mask of exclusive locks held */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  u8 id;                     /* Id of this connection within its unixShmNode */
#endif
};

/*
** Constants used for locking
*/
#define UNIX_SHM_BASE   ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4)         /* first lock byte */
#define UNIX_SHM_DMS    (UNIX_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)  /* deadman switch */
................................................................................

  /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying
  ** shared-memory file, too */
  unixEnterMutex();
  assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 );
  pShmNode->nRef--;
  if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){
    if( deleteFlag && pShmNode->h>=0 ) unlink(pShmNode->zFilename);
    unixShmPurge(pDbFd);
  }
  unixLeaveMutex();

  return SQLITE_OK;
}

................................................................................

/*
** Initialize the contents of the unixFile structure pointed to by pId.
*/
static int fillInUnixFile(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,      /* Pointer to vfs object */
  int h,                  /* Open file descriptor of file being opened */
  int dirfd,              /* Directory file descriptor */
  sqlite3_file *pId,      /* Write to the unixFile structure here */
  const char *zFilename,  /* Name of the file being opened */
  int noLock,             /* Omit locking if true */
  int isDelete,           /* Delete on close if true */
  int isReadOnly          /* True if the file is opened read-only */
){
  const sqlite3_io_methods *pLockingStyle;
................................................................................
    || pVfs->pAppData==(void*)&autolockIoFinder );
#else
  assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' );
#endif

  OSTRACE(("OPEN    %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename));
  pNew->h = h;
  pNew->dirfd = dirfd;
  pNew->zPath = zFilename;
  if( memcmp(pVfs->zName,"unix-excl",10)==0 ){
    pNew->ctrlFlags = UNIXFILE_EXCL;
  }else{
    pNew->ctrlFlags = 0;
  }
  if( isReadOnly ){
    pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_RDONLY;
  }




#if OS_VXWORKS
  pNew->pId = vxworksFindFileId(zFilename);
  if( pNew->pId==0 ){
    noLock = 1;
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
................................................................................
#endif
  
  pNew->lastErrno = 0;
#if OS_VXWORKS
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
    h = -1;
    unlink(zFilename);
    isDelete = 0;
  }
  pNew->isDelete = isDelete;
#endif
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    if( dirfd>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, dirfd, __LINE__);
    if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
  }else{
    pNew->pMethod = pLockingStyle;
    OpenCounter(+1);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Open a file descriptor to the directory containing file zFilename.
** If successful, *pFd is set to the opened file descriptor and
** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM
** or SQLITE_CANTOPEN is returned and *pFd is set to an undefined
** value.
**
** If SQLITE_OK is returned, the caller is responsible for closing
** the file descriptor *pFd using close().
*/
static int openDirectory(const char *zFilename, int *pFd){
  int ii;
  int fd = -1;
  char zDirname[MAX_PATHNAME+1];

  sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zDirname, "%s", zFilename);
  for(ii=(int)strlen(zDirname); ii>1 && zDirname[ii]!='/'; ii--);
  if( ii>0 ){
    zDirname[ii] = '\0';
    fd = robust_open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0);
    if( fd>=0 ){
#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC
      osFcntl(fd, F_SETFD, osFcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
#endif
      OSTRACE(("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname));
    }
  }
  *pFd = fd;
  return (fd>=0?SQLITE_OK:unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zDirname));
}

/*
** Return the name of a directory in which to put temporary files.
** If no suitable temporary file directory can be found, return NULL.
*/
static const char *unixTempFileDir(void){
  static const char *azDirs[] = {
     0,
................................................................................
  const char *zPath,           /* Pathname of file to be opened */
  sqlite3_file *pFile,         /* The file descriptor to be filled in */
  int flags,                   /* Input flags to control the opening */
  int *pOutFlags               /* Output flags returned to SQLite core */
){
  unixFile *p = (unixFile *)pFile;
  int fd = -1;                   /* File descriptor returned by open() */
  int dirfd = -1;                /* Directory file descriptor */
  int openFlags = 0;             /* Flags to pass to open() */
  int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00;  /* Type of file to open */
  int noLock;                    /* True to omit locking primitives */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;            /* Function Return Code */

  int isExclusive  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
  int isDelete     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
  int isCreate     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
  int isReadonly   = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
  int isReadWrite  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  int isAutoProxy  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY);
#endif




  /* If creating a master or main-file journal, this function will open
  ** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync()
  ** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d.
  */
  int isOpenDirectory = (isCreate && (
        eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 
     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
  ));

  /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open
  ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in.
................................................................................
      if( !pUnused ){
        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
      }
    }
    p->pUnused = pUnused;
  }else if( !zName ){
    /* If zName is NULL, the upper layer is requesting a temp file. */
    assert(isDelete && !isOpenDirectory);
    rc = unixGetTempname(MAX_PATHNAME+1, zTmpname);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      return rc;
    }
    zName = zTmpname;
  }

................................................................................
    p->pUnused->flags = flags;
  }

  if( isDelete ){
#if OS_VXWORKS
    zPath = zName;
#else
    unlink(zName);
#endif
  }
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  else{
    p->openFlags = openFlags;
  }
#endif

  if( isOpenDirectory ){
    rc = openDirectory(zPath, &dirfd);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      /* It is safe to close fd at this point, because it is guaranteed not
      ** to be open on a database file. If it were open on a database file,
      ** it would not be safe to close as this would release any locks held
      ** on the file by this process.  */
      assert( eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB );
      robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__);
      goto open_finished;
    }
  }

#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC
  osFcntl(fd, F_SETFD, osFcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
#endif

  noLock = eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;

  
#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  struct statfs fsInfo;
  if( fstatfs(fd, &fsInfo) == -1 ){
    ((unixFile*)pFile)->lastErrno = errno;
    if( dirfd>=0 ) robust_close(p, dirfd, __LINE__);
    robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__);
    return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
  }
  if (0 == strncmp("msdos", fsInfo.f_fstypename, 5)) {
    ((unixFile*)pFile)->fsFlags |= SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS;
  }
#endif
................................................................................
    int useProxy = 0;

    /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means 
    ** never use proxy, NULL means use proxy for non-local files only.  */
    if( envforce!=NULL ){
      useProxy = atoi(envforce)>0;
    }else{
      struct statfs fsInfo;
      if( statfs(zPath, &fsInfo) == -1 ){
        /* In theory, the close(fd) call is sub-optimal. If the file opened
        ** with fd is a database file, and there are other connections open
        ** on that file that are currently holding advisory locks on it,
        ** then the call to close() will cancel those locks. In practice,
        ** we're assuming that statfs() doesn't fail very often. At least
        ** not while other file descriptors opened by the same process on
        ** the same file are working.  */
        p->lastErrno = errno;
        if( dirfd>=0 ){
          robust_close(p, dirfd, __LINE__);
        }
        robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__);
        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
        goto open_finished;
      }
      useProxy = !(fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_LOCAL);
    }
    if( useProxy ){
      rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, dirfd, pFile, zPath, noLock,
                          isDelete, isReadonly);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = proxyTransformUnixFile((unixFile*)pFile, ":auto:");
        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
          /* Use unixClose to clean up the resources added in fillInUnixFile 
          ** and clear all the structure's references.  Specifically, 
          ** pFile->pMethods will be NULL so sqlite3OsClose will be a no-op 
................................................................................
        }
      }
      goto open_finished;
    }
  }
#endif
  
  rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, dirfd, pFile, zPath, noLock,
                      isDelete, isReadonly);
open_finished:
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    sqlite3_free(p->pUnused);
  }
  return rc;
}
................................................................................
  sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed,     /* VFS containing this as the xDelete method */
  const char *zPath,        /* Name of file to be deleted */
  int dirSync               /* If true, fsync() directory after deleting file */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
  if( unlink(zPath)==(-1) && errno!=ENOENT ){
    return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, "unlink", zPath);
  }
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
  if( dirSync ){
    int fd;
    rc = openDirectory(zPath, &fd);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
#if OS_VXWORKS
      if( fsync(fd)==-1 )
#else
      if( fsync(fd) )
#endif
      {
        rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC, "fsync", zPath);
      }
      robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__);


    }
  }
#endif
  return rc;
}

/*
................................................................................
*/
static int proxyCreateUnixFile(
    const char *path,        /* path for the new unixFile */
    unixFile **ppFile,       /* unixFile created and returned by ref */
    int islockfile           /* if non zero missing dirs will be created */
) {
  int fd = -1;
  int dirfd = -1;
  unixFile *pNew;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;
  sqlite3_vfs dummyVfs;
  int terrno = 0;
  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = NULL;

................................................................................
  memset(&dummyVfs, 0, sizeof(dummyVfs));
  dummyVfs.pAppData = (void*)&autolockIoFinder;
  dummyVfs.zName = "dummy";
  pUnused->fd = fd;
  pUnused->flags = openFlags;
  pNew->pUnused = pUnused;
  
  rc = fillInUnixFile(&dummyVfs, fd, dirfd, (sqlite3_file*)pNew, path, 0, 0, 0);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    *ppFile = pNew;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
end_create_proxy:    
  robust_close(pNew, fd, __LINE__);
  sqlite3_free(pNew);
................................................................................
      int err = errno;
      if( pError ){
        *pError = err;
      }
      return SQLITE_IOERR;
    }
  }


#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  /* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */
  if( sqlite3_hostid_num != 0){
    pHostID[0] = (char)(pHostID[0] + (char)(sqlite3_hostid_num & 0xFF));
  }
#endif
................................................................................
  robust_close(pFile, conchFile->h, __LINE__);
  conchFile->h = fd;
  conchFile->openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;

end_breaklock:
  if( rc ){
    if( fd>=0 ){
      unlink(tPath);
      robust_close(pFile, fd, __LINE__);
    }
    fprintf(stderr, "failed to break stale lock on %s, %s\n", cPath, errmsg);
  }
  return rc;
}

................................................................................
static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){
  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; 
  unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int nTries = 0;
  struct timespec conchModTime;
  

  do {
    rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType);
    nTries ++;
    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
      /* If the lock failed (busy):
       * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again. 
       * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait 
................................................................................
        }
      }
      conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);
      
    end_takeconch:
      OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: CLOSE  %d\n", pFile->h));
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->openFlags ){

        if( pFile->h>=0 ){
          robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__);
        }
        pFile->h = -1;
        int fd = robust_open(pCtx->dbPath, pFile->openFlags,
                      SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
        OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: OPEN  %d\n", fd));
        if( fd>=0 ){
          pFile->h = fd;
        }else{
          rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; /* SQLITE_BUSY? proxyTakeConch called
           during locking */
................................................................................
    UNIXVFS("unix-proxy",    proxyIoFinder ),
#endif
  };
  unsigned int i;          /* Loop counter */

  /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed
  ** correctly.  See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */
  assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==16 );

  /* Register all VFSes defined in the aVfs[] array */
  for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aVfs)/sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); i++){
    sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0);
  }
  return SQLITE_OK; 
}
................................................................................
** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
*/
#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
#endif

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
# ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE
#   define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0
# endif
  int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE;
# define OSTRACE(X)          if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
#else
# define OSTRACE(X)
................................................................................
  HANDLE hMutex;          /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */  
  HANDLE hShared;         /* Shared memory segment used for locking */
  winceLock local;        /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */
  winceLock *shared;      /* Global shared lock memory for the file  */
#endif
};








































































/*
** Forward prototypes.
*/
static int getSectorSize(
    sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
    const char *zRelative     /* UTF-8 file name */
................................................................................
      GetVersionEx(&sInfo);
      sqlite3_os_type = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
    }
    return sqlite3_os_type==2;
  }
#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */























































































































































































/*
** Convert a UTF-8 string to microsoft unicode (UTF-16?). 
**
** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from malloc.
*/
static WCHAR *utf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
  int nChar;
................................................................................
/*************************************************************************
** This section contains code for WinCE only.
*/
/*
** WindowsCE does not have a localtime() function.  So create a
** substitute.
*/

struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t)
{
  static struct tm y;
  FILETIME uTm, lTm;
  SYSTEMTIME pTm;
  sqlite3_int64 t64;
  t64 = *t;
................................................................................
  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE);

  /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the
  ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the
  ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested
  ** size).
  */
  if( pFile->szChunk ){
    nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
  }

  /* SetEndOfFile() returns non-zero when successful, or zero when it fails. */
  if( seekWinFile(pFile, nByte) ){
    rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "winTruncate1", pFile->zPath);
  }else if( 0==SetEndOfFile(pFile->h) ){
................................................................................
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: {
      pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg;
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: {




      sqlite3_int64 sz = *(sqlite3_int64*)pArg;

      SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
      winTruncate(id, sz);
      SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);




      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: {
      int bPersist = *(int*)pArg;
      if( bPersist<0 ){
        *(int*)pArg = pFile->bPersistWal;
      }else{
................................................................................
  DWORD dwFlagsAndAttributes = 0;
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
  int isTemp = 0;
#endif
  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
  void *zConverted;              /* Filename in OS encoding */
  const char *zUtf8Name = zName; /* Filename in UTF-8 encoding */


  /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open
  ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in.
  */
  char zTmpname[MAX_PATH+1];     /* Buffer used to create temp filename */

  int rc = SQLITE_OK;            /* Function Return Code */
................................................................................
  /* Reports from the internet are that performance is always
  ** better if FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS is used.  Ticket #2699. */
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
  dwFlagsAndAttributes |= FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS;
#endif

  if( isNT() ){
    h = CreateFileW((WCHAR*)zConverted,
       dwDesiredAccess,
       dwShareMode,
       NULL,
       dwCreationDisposition,
       dwFlagsAndAttributes,
       NULL
    );


/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. 
** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE,
** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds.
*/
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
  }else{
    h = CreateFileA((char*)zConverted,
       dwDesiredAccess,
       dwShareMode,
       NULL,
       dwCreationDisposition,
       dwFlagsAndAttributes,
       NULL
    );


#endif
  }



  OSTRACE(("OPEN %d %s 0x%lx %s\n", 
           h, zName, dwDesiredAccess, 
           h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ? "failed" : "ok"));

  if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
    pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
................................................................................


typedef struct PCache1 PCache1;
typedef struct PgHdr1 PgHdr1;
typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot;
typedef struct PGroup PGroup;




/* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup.  A PGroup is a set 
** of one or more PCaches that are able to recycle each others unpinned
** pages when they are under memory pressure.  A PGroup is an instance of
** the following object.
**
** This page cache implementation works in one of two modes:
**
................................................................................
struct PGroup {
  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;          /* MUTEX_STATIC_LRU or NULL */
  int nMaxPage;                  /* Sum of nMax for purgeable caches */
  int nMinPage;                  /* Sum of nMin for purgeable caches */
  int mxPinned;                  /* nMaxpage + 10 - nMinPage */
  int nCurrentPage;              /* Number of purgeable pages allocated */
  PgHdr1 *pLruHead, *pLruTail;   /* LRU list of unpinned pages */




};























































/* Each page cache is an instance of the following object.  Every
** open database file (including each in-memory database and each
** temporary or transient database) has a single page cache which
** is an instance of this object.
**
** Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as 
** opaque sqlite3_pcache* handles.
................................................................................
** a pointer to a block of szPage bytes of data and the return value is
** a pointer to the associated PgHdr1 structure.
**
**   assert( PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(pCache, X))==X );
*/
#define PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(p)    (void*)(((char*)p) - p->pCache->szPage)
#define PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(c, p) (PgHdr1*)(((char*)p) + c->szPage)












/*
** Macros to enter and leave the PCache LRU mutex.
*/
#define pcache1EnterMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_enter((X)->mutex)
#define pcache1LeaveMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_leave((X)->mutex)

................................................................................
    iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE);
    return iSize;
  }
}
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */

































/*
** Allocate a new page object initially associated with cache pCache.
*/
static PgHdr1 *pcache1AllocPage(PCache1 *pCache){
  int nByte = sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szPage;
  void *pPg = pcache1Alloc(nByte);
  PgHdr1 *p;





































































































  if( pPg ){
    p = PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(pCache, pPg);
    if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
      pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage++;
    }
  }else{
    p = 0;
  }

  return p;
}

/*
** Free a page object allocated by pcache1AllocPage().
**
** The pointer is allowed to be NULL, which is prudent.  But it turns out
** that the current implementation happens to never call this routine
** with a NULL pointer, so we mark the NULL test with ALWAYS().
*/
static void pcache1FreePage(PgHdr1 *p){
  if( ALWAYS(p) ){
    PCache1 *pCache = p->pCache;











































    if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
      pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage--;
    }
    pcache1Free(PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(p));
  }
}

/*
** Malloc function used by SQLite to obtain space from the buffer configured
** using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no such buffer
** exists, this function falls back to sqlite3Malloc().
................................................................................
  }

  /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found, 
  ** attempt to allocate a new one. 
  */
  if( !pPage ){
    if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
    pcache1LeaveMutex(pGroup);
    pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache);
    pcache1EnterMutex(pGroup);
    if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
  }

  if( pPage ){
    unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash;
    pCache->nPage++;
    pPage->iKey = iKey;
................................................................................
**
** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has
** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number 
** of bytes of memory released.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int nReq){
  int nFree = 0;



  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.mutex) );
  if( pcache1.pStart==0 ){
    PgHdr1 *p;
    pcache1EnterMutex(&pcache1.grp);
    while( (nReq<0 || nFree<nReq) && ((p=pcache1.grp.pLruTail)!=0) ){
      nFree += pcache1MemSize(PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(p));
................................................................................
  u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
  u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
  u8 ckptSyncFlags;           /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */
  u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
  u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary file */
  u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
  u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */



  /**************************************************************************
  ** The following block contains those class members that change during
  ** routine opertion.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
  ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
  ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
  ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
................................................................................
    assert( p->noSync );
    assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
         || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
    );
    assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
    assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
  }










  /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
  ** on the file.
  */
  assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
  assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );

................................................................................
** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 
** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
** to the caller.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){
  u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;


  disable_simulated_io_errors();
  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
  /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
  pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
  sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp);
  pPager->pWal = 0;
................................................................................
  ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
  ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementaton it 
  ** is impossible for sqlite3PCacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==1
  ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
  ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
  ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
  */

  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
  if( pPager->doNotSpill ) return SQLITE_OK;
  if( pPager->doNotSyncSpill && (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  pPg->pDirty = 0;
................................................................................
  }else if( memDb ){
    pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
  }
  /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
  /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
  pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
  /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */







  *ppPager = pPager;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}



................................................................................

/*
** Return true if this is an in-memory pager.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
  return MEMDB;
}












/*
** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
**
................................................................................

  /* Only a BTREE_SINGLE database can be BTREE_UNORDERED */
  assert( (flags & BTREE_UNORDERED)==0 || (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)!=0 );

  /* A BTREE_SINGLE database is always a temporary and/or ephemeral */
  assert( (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || isTempDb );











  if( db->flags & SQLITE_NoReadlock ){
    flags |= BTREE_NO_READLOCK;
  }
  if( isMemdb ){
    flags |= BTREE_MEMORY;

  }
  if( (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 && (isMemdb || isTempDb) ){
    vfsFlags = (vfsFlags & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB;
  }
  p = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Btree));
  if( !p ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
................................................................................
    nCell = pPage->nCell;

    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
      u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
      if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ){
        CellInfo info;
        btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
        if( info.iOverflow ){

          if( iFrom==get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]) ){

            put4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow], iTo);
            break;
          }
        }
      }else{
        if( get4byte(pCell)==iFrom ){
          put4byte(pCell, iTo);
          break;
        }
      }
................................................................................
  assert( wrFlag==0 || p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
  assert( pBt->pPage1 && pBt->pPage1->aData );

  if( NEVER(wrFlag && pBt->readOnly) ){
    return SQLITE_READONLY;
  }
  if( iTable==1 && btreePagecount(pBt)==0 ){
    return SQLITE_EMPTY;

  }

  /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor
  ** variables and link the cursor into the BtShared list.  */
  pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable;
  pCur->iPage = -1;
  pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
................................................................................

  if( pCur->iPage>=0 ){
    int i;
    for(i=1; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
      releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
    }
    pCur->iPage = 0;



  }else{
    rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->apPage[0]);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
      return rc;
    }
    pCur->iPage = 0;
................................................................................
  int rc;

  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
      assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
      *pRes = 1;
    }else{
      assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 );
      *pRes = 0;
      rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
    }
  }
................................................................................
#endif
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
      assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
      *pRes = 1;
    }else{
      assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
      *pRes = 0;
      rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
      pCur->atLast = rc==SQLITE_OK ?1:0;
    }
................................................................................
    }
  }

  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
  if( rc ){
    return rc;
  }
  assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
  assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->isInit );
  assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 || pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID );
  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
    *pRes = -1;
    assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || pIdxKey );
  for(;;){
    int lwr, upr, idx;
    Pgno chldPg;
    MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
................................................................................
  u32 ovflPageSize;

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
  if( info.iOverflow==0 ){
    return SQLITE_OK;  /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */
  }



  ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
  assert( pBt->usableSize > 4 );
  ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;
  nOvfl = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize;
  assert( ovflPgno==0 || nOvfl>0 );
  while( nOvfl-- ){
    Pgno iNext = 0;
................................................................................
    */
    zeroPage(pPage, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF );
    releasePage(pPage);
  }
  return rc;  
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){

  int rc;
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);





  rc = btreeDropTable(p, iTable, piMoved);

  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  return rc;
}


/*
** This function may only be called if the b-tree connection already
................................................................................
** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed. 
** Otherwise, if an error is encountered (i.e. an IO error or database
** corruption) an SQLite error code is returned.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){
  i64 nEntry = 0;                      /* Value to return in *pnEntry */
  int rc;                              /* Return code */





  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);

  /* Unless an error occurs, the following loop runs one iteration for each
  ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages). 
  */
  while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    int iIdx;                          /* Index of child node in parent */
................................................................................
** "write version" (single byte at byte offset 19) fields in the database
** header to iVersion.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBtree, int iVersion){
  BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt;
  int rc;                         /* Return code */
 
  assert( pBtree->inTrans==TRANS_NONE );
  assert( iVersion==1 || iVersion==2 );

  /* If setting the version fields to 1, do not automatically open the
  ** WAL connection, even if the version fields are currently set to 2.
  */
  pBt->doNotUseWAL = (u8)(iVersion==1);

................................................................................
    }
  
    /* Update the schema version field in the destination database. This
    ** is to make sure that the schema-version really does change in
    ** the case where the source and destination databases have the
    ** same schema version.
    */
    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE 
     && (rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p->pDest,1,p->iDestSchema+1))==SQLITE_OK
    ){
      int nDestTruncate;
  
      if( p->pDestDb ){
        sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(p->pDestDb, -1);
      }






      /* Set nDestTruncate to the final number of pages in the destination
      ** database. The complication here is that the destination page
      ** size may be different to the source page size. 
      **
      ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size, 
      ** round up. In this case the call to sqlite3OsTruncate() below will
      ** fix the size of the file. However it is important to call
      ** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the 
      ** destination file that lie beyond the nDestTruncate page mark are
      ** journalled by PagerCommitPhaseOne() before they are destroyed
      ** by the file truncation.
      */
      assert( pgszSrc==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc) );
      assert( pgszDest==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest) );
      if( pgszSrc<pgszDest ){
        int ratio = pgszDest/pgszSrc;
        nDestTruncate = (nSrcPage+ratio-1)/ratio;
        if( nDestTruncate==(int)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ){
          nDestTruncate--;
        }
      }else{
        nDestTruncate = nSrcPage * (pgszSrc/pgszDest);
      }
      sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pDestPager, nDestTruncate);

      if( pgszSrc<pgszDest ){
        /* If the source page-size is smaller than the destination page-size,
        ** two extra things may need to happen:
        **
        **   * The destination may need to be truncated, and
        **
        **   * Data stored on the pages immediately following the 
        **     pending-byte page in the source database may need to be
        **     copied into the destination database.
        */
        const i64 iSize = (i64)pgszSrc * (i64)nSrcPage;
        sqlite3_file * const pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pDestPager);
        i64 iOff;
        i64 iEnd;

        assert( pFile );
        assert( (i64)nDestTruncate*(i64)pgszDest >= iSize || (
              nDestTruncate==(int)(PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt)-1)
           && iSize>=PENDING_BYTE && iSize<=PENDING_BYTE+pgszDest
        ));

        /* This call ensures that all data required to recreate the original
        ** database has been stored in the journal for pDestPager and the
        ** journal synced to disk. So at this point we may safely modify
        ** the database file in any way, knowing that if a power failure
        ** occurs, the original database will be reconstructed from the 
        ** journal file.  */
        rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 1);

        /* Write the extra pages and truncate the database file as required. */
        iEnd = MIN(PENDING_BYTE + pgszDest, iSize);
        for(
          iOff=PENDING_BYTE+pgszSrc; 
          rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd; 
          iOff+=pgszSrc
        ){
          PgHdr *pSrcPg = 0;
          const Pgno iSrcPg = (Pgno)((iOff/pgszSrc)+1);
          rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg);
          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
            u8 *zData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg);
            rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pFile, zData, pgszSrc, iOff);
          }
          sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg);
        }
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          rc = backupTruncateFile(pFile, iSize);
        }

        /* Sync the database file to disk. */
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pDestPager);
        }
      }else{
        rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 0);
      }
  
      /* Finish committing the transaction to the destination database. */
      if( SQLITE_OK==rc
       && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pDest, 0))
      ){
        rc = SQLITE_DONE;

      }
    }
  
    /* If bCloseTrans is true, then this function opened a read transaction
    ** on the source database. Close the read transaction here. There is
    ** no need to check the return values of the btree methods here, as
    ** "committing" a read-only transaction cannot fail.
................................................................................
/*
** If the memory cell contains a string value that must be freed by
** invoking an external callback, free it now. Calling this function
** does not free any Mem.zMalloc buffer.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p){
  assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
  testcase( p->flags & MEM_Agg );
  testcase( p->flags & MEM_Dyn );
  testcase( p->flags & MEM_RowSet );
  testcase( p->flags & MEM_Frame );
  if( p->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame) ){
    if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef);
      assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
      sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
    }else if( p->flags&MEM_Dyn && p->xDel ){
      assert( (p->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
      p->xDel((void *)p->z);
      p->xDel = 0;
    }else if( p->flags&MEM_RowSet ){
      sqlite3RowSetClear(p->u.pRowSet);
    }else if( p->flags&MEM_Frame ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(p);
    }
  }
}

/*
** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an
** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and
** (Mem.type==SQLITE_TEXT).
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){
  sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(p);
  sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zMalloc);
  p->z = 0;
  p->zMalloc = 0;
  p->xDel = 0;
}

/*
................................................................................
** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of
** pTo are freed.  The pFrom->z field is not duplicated.  If
** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z
** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static).
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){
  assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pTo);
  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
  pTo->xDel = 0;
  if( (pFrom->flags&MEM_Static)==0 ){
    pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem);
    assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static );
    pTo->flags |= srcType;
  }
................................................................................
** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of pTo are
** freed before the copy is made.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pTo);
  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
  pTo->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;

  if( pTo->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    if( 0==(pFrom->flags&MEM_Static) ){
      pTo->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo);
................................................................................
    }else if( opcode==OP_VFilter ){
      int n;
      assert( p->nOp - i >= 3 );
      assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Integer );
      n = pOp[-1].p1;
      if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n;
#endif






    }

    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_JUMP)!=0 && pOp->p2<0 ){
      assert( -1-pOp->p2<p->nLabel );
      pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2];
    }
  }
................................................................................

/*
** Change the value of the P1 operand for a specific instruction.
** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
** few minor changes to the program.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
  assert( p!=0 );
  assert( addr>=0 );
  if( p->nOp>addr ){
    p->aOp[addr].p1 = val;
  }
}

/*
** Change the value of the P2 operand for a specific instruction.
** This routine is useful for setting a jump destination.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
  assert( p!=0 );
  assert( addr>=0 );
  if( p->nOp>addr ){
    p->aOp[addr].p2 = val;
  }
}

/*
** Change the value of the P3 operand for a specific instruction.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe *p, int addr, int val){
  assert( p!=0 );
  assert( addr>=0 );
  if( p->nOp>addr ){
    p->aOp[addr].p3 = val;
  }
}

/*
** Change the value of the P5 operand for the most recently
** added operation.
................................................................................
    case P4_INTARRAY: {
      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "intarray");
      break;
    }
    case P4_SUBPROGRAM: {
      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "program");
      break;




    }
    default: {
      zP4 = pOp->p4.z;
      if( zP4==0 ){
        zP4 = zTemp;
        zTemp[0] = 0;
      }
................................................................................
** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor 
** happens to hold.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, VdbeCursor *pCx){
  if( pCx==0 ){
    return;
  }

  if( pCx->pBt ){
    sqlite3BtreeClose(pCx->pBt);
    /* The pCx->pCursor will be close automatically, if it exists, by
    ** the call above. */
  }else if( pCx->pCursor ){
    sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCx->pCursor);
  }
................................................................................

/*
** Call sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob() on the supplied value (type Mem*)
** P if required.
*/
#define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0)








/*
** Argument pMem points at a register that will be passed to a
** user-defined function or returned to the user as the result of a query.
** This routine sets the pMem->type variable used by the sqlite3_value_*() 
** routines.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(Mem *pMem){
................................................................................
      Mem sMem;          /* For storing the record being decoded */
      u8 *zIdx;          /* Index into header */
      u8 *zEndHdr;       /* Pointer to first byte after the header */
      u32 offset;        /* Offset into the data */
      u32 szField;       /* Number of bytes in the content of a field */
      int szHdr;         /* Size of the header size field at start of record */
      int avail;         /* Number of bytes of available data */

      Mem *pReg;         /* PseudoTable input register */
    } am;
    struct OP_Affinity_stack_vars {
      const char *zAffinity;   /* The affinity to be applied */
      char cAff;               /* A single character of affinity */
    } an;
    struct OP_MakeRecord_stack_vars {
................................................................................
    struct OP_Rewind_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pC;
      BtCursor *pCrsr;
      int res;
    } bl;
    struct OP_Next_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pC;
      BtCursor *pCrsr;
      int res;
    } bm;
    struct OP_IdxInsert_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pC;
      BtCursor *pCrsr;
      int nKey;
      const char *zKey;
................................................................................
    */
    assert( pOp->opflags==sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOp->opcode] );
    if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE ){
      assert( pOp->p2>0 );
      assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
      pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
      memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
      sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(pOut);
      pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
    }

    /* Sanity checking on other operands */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){
      assert( pOp->p1>0 );
................................................................................
    assert( pOut<=&aMem[p->nMem] );
    assert( pIn1<=&aMem[p->nMem] );
    assert( memIsValid(pIn1) );
    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
    u.ac.zMalloc = pOut->zMalloc;
    pOut->zMalloc = 0;
    sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, pIn1);





    pIn1->zMalloc = u.ac.zMalloc;
    REGISTER_TRACE(u.ac.p2++, pOut);
    pIn1++;
    pOut++;
  }
  break;
}
................................................................................
  Mem sMem;          /* For storing the record being decoded */
  u8 *zIdx;          /* Index into header */
  u8 *zEndHdr;       /* Pointer to first byte after the header */
  u32 offset;        /* Offset into the data */
  u32 szField;       /* Number of bytes in the content of a field */
  int szHdr;         /* Size of the header size field at start of record */
  int avail;         /* Number of bytes of available data */

  Mem *pReg;         /* PseudoTable input register */
#endif /* local variables moved into u.am */


  u.am.p1 = pOp->p1;
  u.am.p2 = pOp->p2;
  u.am.pC = 0;
  memset(&u.am.sMem, 0, sizeof(u.am.sMem));
  assert( u.am.p1<p->nCursor );
  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
  u.am.pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  memAboutToChange(p, u.am.pDest);
  MemSetTypeFlag(u.am.pDest, MEM_Null);
  u.am.zRec = 0;

  /* This block sets the variable u.am.payloadSize to be the total number of
  ** bytes in the record.
  **
  ** u.am.zRec is set to be the complete text of the record if it is available.
  ** The complete record text is always available for pseudo-tables
................................................................................
      assert( (u.am.payloadSize64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)u.am.payloadSize64 );
      u.am.payloadSize = (u32)u.am.payloadSize64;
    }else{
      assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.am.pCrsr) );
      rc = sqlite3BtreeDataSize(u.am.pCrsr, &u.am.payloadSize);
      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );   /* DataSize() cannot fail */
    }
  }else if( u.am.pC->pseudoTableReg>0 ){
    u.am.pReg = &aMem[u.am.pC->pseudoTableReg];
    assert( u.am.pReg->flags & MEM_Blob );
    assert( memIsValid(u.am.pReg) );
    u.am.payloadSize = u.am.pReg->n;
    u.am.zRec = u.am.pReg->z;
    u.am.pC->cacheStatus = (pOp->p5&OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE) ? CACHE_STALE : p->cacheCtr;
    assert( u.am.payloadSize==0 || u.am.zRec!=0 );
  }else{
    /* Consider the row to be NULL */
    u.am.payloadSize = 0;
  }

  /* If u.am.payloadSize is 0, then just store a NULL */

  if( u.am.payloadSize==0 ){
    assert( u.am.pDest->flags&MEM_Null );

    goto op_column_out;
  }
  assert( db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]>=0 );
  if( u.am.payloadSize > (u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
    goto too_big;
  }

................................................................................
    ** arrays.  u.am.aType[u.am.i] will contain the type integer for the u.am.i-th
    ** column and u.am.aOffset[u.am.i] will contain the u.am.offset from the beginning
    ** of the record to the start of the data for the u.am.i-th column
    */
    for(u.am.i=0; u.am.i<u.am.nField; u.am.i++){
      if( u.am.zIdx<u.am.zEndHdr ){
        u.am.aOffset[u.am.i] = u.am.offset;






        u.am.zIdx += getVarint32(u.am.zIdx, u.am.aType[u.am.i]);
        u.am.szField = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u.am.aType[u.am.i]);
        u.am.offset += u.am.szField;
        if( u.am.offset<u.am.szField ){  /* True if u.am.offset overflows */
          u.am.zIdx = &u.am.zEndHdr[1];  /* Forces SQLITE_CORRUPT return below */
          break;
        }
      }else{
        /* If u.am.i is less that u.am.nField, then there are less fields in this
................................................................................
  ** then there are not enough fields in the record to satisfy the
  ** request.  In this case, set the value NULL or to P4 if P4 is
  ** a pointer to a Mem object.
  */
  if( u.am.aOffset[u.am.p2] ){
    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
    if( u.am.zRec ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(u.am.pDest);
      sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8 *)&u.am.zRec[u.am.aOffset[u.am.p2]], u.am.aType[u.am.p2], u.am.pDest);
    }else{
      u.am.len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u.am.aType[u.am.p2]);
      sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&u.am.sMem, u.am.pDest);
      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(u.am.pCrsr, u.am.aOffset[u.am.p2], u.am.len, u.am.pC->isIndex, &u.am.sMem);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        goto op_column_out;
................................................................................
      sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)u.am.zData, u.am.aType[u.am.p2], u.am.pDest);
    }
    u.am.pDest->enc = encoding;
  }else{
    if( pOp->p4type==P4_MEM ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(u.am.pDest, pOp->p4.pMem, MEM_Static);
    }else{
      assert( u.am.pDest->flags&MEM_Null );
    }
  }

  /* If we dynamically allocated space to hold the data (in the
  ** sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() call above) then transfer control of that
  ** dynamically allocated space over to the u.am.pDest structure.
  ** This prevents a memory copy.
................................................................................
case OP_Count: {         /* out2-prerelease */
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ap */
  i64 nEntry;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.ap */

  u.ap.pCrsr = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->pCursor;
  if( u.ap.pCrsr ){
    rc = sqlite3BtreeCount(u.ap.pCrsr, &u.ap.nEntry);
  }else{
    u.ap.nEntry = 0;
  }
  pOut->u.i = u.ap.nEntry;
  break;
}
................................................................................
  u.aw.pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, u.aw.nField, u.aw.iDb, 1);
  if( u.aw.pCur==0 ) goto no_mem;
  u.aw.pCur->nullRow = 1;
  u.aw.pCur->isOrdered = 1;
  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(u.aw.pX, u.aw.p2, u.aw.wrFlag, u.aw.pKeyInfo, u.aw.pCur->pCursor);
  u.aw.pCur->pKeyInfo = u.aw.pKeyInfo;

  /* Since it performs no memory allocation or IO, the only values that
  ** sqlite3BtreeCursor() may return are SQLITE_EMPTY and SQLITE_OK.
  ** SQLITE_EMPTY is only returned when attempting to open the table
  ** rooted at page 1 of a zero-byte database.  */
  assert( rc==SQLITE_EMPTY || rc==SQLITE_OK );
  if( rc==SQLITE_EMPTY ){
    u.aw.pCur->pCursor = 0;
    rc = SQLITE_OK;
  }

  /* Set the VdbeCursor.isTable and isIndex variables. Previous versions of
  ** SQLite used to check if the root-page flags were sane at this point
  ** and report database corruption if they were not, but this check has
  ** since moved into the btree layer.  */
  u.aw.pCur->isTable = pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO;
  u.aw.pCur->isIndex = !u.aw.pCur->isTable;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: OpenEphemeral P1 P2 * P4 *
**
** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table.
** The cursor is always opened read/write even if 
** the main database is read-only.  The ephemeral
** table is deleted automatically when the cursor is closed.
**
** P2 is the number of columns in the ephemeral table.
................................................................................
** that defines the format of keys in the index.
**
** This opcode was once called OpenTemp.  But that created
** confusion because the term "temp table", might refer either
** to a TEMP table at the SQL level, or to a table opened by
** this opcode.  Then this opcode was call OpenVirtual.  But
** that created confusion with the whole virtual-table idea.





*/
/* Opcode: OpenAutoindex P1 P2 * P4 *
**
** This opcode works the same as OP_OpenEphemeral.  It has a
** different name to distinguish its use.  Tables created using
** by this opcode will be used for automatically created transient
** indices in joins.
*/







case OP_OpenAutoindex: 
case OP_OpenEphemeral: {
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ax */
  VdbeCursor *pCx;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.ax */
  static const int vfsFlags =
      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
      SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
      SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
      SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
      SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB;

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );

  u.ax.pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, 1);
  if( u.ax.pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
  u.ax.pCx->nullRow = 1;
  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &u.ax.pCx->pBt,
                        BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL | BTREE_SINGLE | pOp->p5, vfsFlags);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(u.ax.pCx->pBt, 1);
................................................................................
    }else{
      rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(u.ax.pCx->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 1, 0, u.ax.pCx->pCursor);
      u.ax.pCx->isTable = 1;
    }
  }
  u.ax.pCx->isOrdered = (pOp->p5!=BTREE_UNORDERED);
  u.ax.pCx->isIndex = !u.ax.pCx->isTable;





  break;
}

/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single
** row of data.  The content of that one row in the content of memory
................................................................................
  u.az.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.az.pC!=0 );
  assert( u.az.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
  assert( OP_SeekLe == OP_SeekLt+1 );
  assert( OP_SeekGe == OP_SeekLt+2 );
  assert( OP_SeekGt == OP_SeekLt+3 );
  assert( u.az.pC->isOrdered );
  if( u.az.pC->pCursor!=0 ){
    u.az.oc = pOp->opcode;
    u.az.pC->nullRow = 0;
    if( u.az.pC->isTable ){
      /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string,
      ** blob, or NULL.  But it needs to be an integer before we can do
      ** the seek, so covert it. */
      pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
................................................................................
  assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int );
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  u.bd.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.bd.pC!=0 );
  assert( u.bd.pC->isTable );
  assert( u.bd.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
  u.bd.pCrsr = u.bd.pC->pCursor;
  if( u.bd.pCrsr!=0 ){
    u.bd.res = 0;
    u.bd.iKey = pIn3->u.i;
    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bd.pCrsr, 0, u.bd.iKey, 0, &u.bd.res);
    u.bd.pC->lastRowid = pIn3->u.i;
    u.bd.pC->rowidIsValid = u.bd.res==0 ?1:0;
    u.bd.pC->nullRow = 0;
    u.bd.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
................................................................................
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  u.bh.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.bh.pC->isTable || pOp->opcode==OP_RowKey );
  assert( u.bh.pC->isIndex || pOp->opcode==OP_RowData );
  assert( u.bh.pC!=0 );
  assert( u.bh.pC->nullRow==0 );
  assert( u.bh.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );







  assert( u.bh.pC->pCursor!=0 );
  u.bh.pCrsr = u.bh.pC->pCursor;
  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.bh.pCrsr) );

  /* The OP_RowKey and OP_RowData opcodes always follow OP_NotExists or
  ** OP_Rewind/Op_Next with no intervening instructions that might invalidate
  ** the cursor.  Hence the following sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto() call is always
................................................................................
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bj */

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  u.bj.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.bj.pC!=0 );
  u.bj.pC->nullRow = 1;
  u.bj.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;

  if( u.bj.pC->pCursor ){
    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(u.bj.pC->pCursor);
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * *
................................................................................
  int res;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bk */

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  u.bk.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.bk.pC!=0 );
  u.bk.pCrsr = u.bk.pC->pCursor;
  if( u.bk.pCrsr==0 ){
    u.bk.res = 1;
  }else{
    rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(u.bk.pCrsr, &u.bk.res);
  }
  u.bk.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bk.res;
  u.bk.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
  u.bk.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
................................................................................
  int res;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bl */

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  u.bl.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.bl.pC!=0 );
  u.bl.res = 1;



  if( (u.bl.pCrsr = u.bl.pC->pCursor)!=0 ){

    rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(u.bl.pCrsr, &u.bl.res);
    u.bl.pC->atFirst = u.bl.res==0 ?1:0;
    u.bl.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
    u.bl.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
    u.bl.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
  }
  u.bl.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bl.res;
................................................................................
  assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp );
  if( u.bl.res ){
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 * * P5
**
** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its
** table or index.  If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through
** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor advance was successful,
** jump immediately to P2.
**
** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.



**
** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
**
** See also: Prev
*/
/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 * * P5
................................................................................
**
** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its
** table or index.  If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through
** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor backup was successful,
** jump immediately to P2.
**
** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.



**
** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
*/
case OP_Prev:          /* jump */
case OP_Next: {        /* jump */
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bm */
  VdbeCursor *pC;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
  int res;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bm */

  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  assert( pOp->p5<=ArraySize(p->aCounter) );
  u.bm.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  if( u.bm.pC==0 ){
    break;  /* See ticket #2273 */
  }
  u.bm.pCrsr = u.bm.pC->pCursor;
  if( u.bm.pCrsr==0 ){
    u.bm.pC->nullRow = 1;
    break;
  }
  u.bm.res = 1;
  assert( u.bm.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );

  rc = pOp->opcode==OP_Next ? sqlite3BtreeNext(u.bm.pCrsr, &u.bm.res) :
                              sqlite3BtreePrevious(u.bm.pCrsr, &u.bm.res);


  u.bm.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bm.res;
  u.bm.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  if( u.bm.res==0 ){
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
    if( pOp->p5 ) p->aCounter[pOp->p5-1]++;
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
    sqlite3_search_count++;
................................................................................
  u.bn.pCrsr = u.bn.pC->pCursor;
  if( ALWAYS(u.bn.pCrsr!=0) ){
    assert( u.bn.pC->isTable==0 );
    rc = ExpandBlob(pIn2);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      u.bn.nKey = pIn2->n;
      u.bn.zKey = pIn2->z;


      rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(u.bn.pCrsr, u.bn.zKey, u.bn.nKey, "", 0, 0, pOp->p3,
          ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? u.bn.pC->seekResult : 0)
      );
      assert( u.bn.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );

      u.bn.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
    }
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 P2 P3 * *
................................................................................
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}

#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */

/************** End of vdbeblob.c ********************************************/









































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































/************** Begin file journal.c *****************************************/
/*
** 2007 August 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
................................................................................
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree for
** an SQL statement.
*/




/*
** Walk an expression tree.  Invoke the callback once for each node
** of the expression, while decending.  (In other words, the callback
** is invoked before visiting children.)
**
................................................................................
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree and
** resolve all identifiers by associating them with a particular
** table and column.
*/



/*
** Turn the pExpr expression into an alias for the iCol-th column of the
** result set in pEList.
**
** If the result set column is a simple column reference, then this routine
** makes an exact copy.  But for any other kind of expression, this
................................................................................
  int noErr          /* Suppress error messages if VIEW already exists */
){
  Table *p;
  int n;
  const char *z;
  Token sEnd;
  DbFixer sFix;
  Token *pName;
  int iDb;
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;

  if( pParse->nVar>0 ){
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parameters are not allowed in views");
    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
    return;
................................................................................
      int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
      destroyRootPage(pParse, iLargest, iDb);
      iDestroyed = iLargest;
    }
  }
#endif
}
























/*
** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement.
** pName is the name of the table to be dropped.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView, int noErr){
  Table *pTab;
................................................................................
    ** dropped. Triggers are handled seperately because a trigger can be
    ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another
    ** database.
    */
    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
        "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'",
        pDb->zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTab->zName);

    /* Drop any statistics from the sqlite_stat1 table, if it exists */
    if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", db->aDb[iDb].zName) ){
      sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
        "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl=%Q", pDb->zName, pTab->zName
      );
    }


    if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
      destroyTable(pParse, pTab);
    }

    /* Remove the table entry from SQLite's internal schema and modify
    ** the schema cookie.
    */
................................................................................
** the index already exists and must be cleared before being refilled and
** the root page number of the index is taken from pIndex->tnum.
*/
static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){
  Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable;  /* The table that is indexed */
  int iTab = pParse->nTab++;     /* Btree cursor used for pTab */
  int iIdx = pParse->nTab++;     /* Btree cursor used for pIndex */

  int addr1;                     /* Address of top of loop */
  int tnum;                      /* Root page of index */
  Vdbe *v;                       /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
  KeyInfo *pKey;                 /* KeyInfo for index */
  int regIdxKey;                 /* Registers containing the index key */
  int regRecord;                 /* Register holding assemblied index record */
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;      /* The database connection */
  int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema);










#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0,
      db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
    return;
  }
#endif
................................................................................
  }
  pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIndex);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb, 
                    (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
  if( memRootPage>=0 ){
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);
  }










  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
  addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0);
  regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
  regIdxKey = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIndex, iTab, regRecord, 1);









  if( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ){
    const int regRowid = regIdxKey + pIndex->nColumn;
    const int j2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 2;
    void * const pRegKey = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(regIdxKey);

    /* The registers accessed by the OP_IsUnique opcode were allocated
    ** using sqlite3GetTempRange() inside of the sqlite3GenerateIndexKey()
................................................................................
    ** we can be sure that no other temp registers have been allocated
    ** since sqlite3ReleaseTempRange() was called, it is safe to do so.
    */
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_IsUnique, iIdx, j2, regRowid, pRegKey, P4_INT32);
    sqlite3HaltConstraint(
        pParse, OE_Abort, "indexed columns are not unique", P4_STATIC);
  }
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1);
  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);

  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTab);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdx);

}

/*
** Create a new index for an SQL table.  pName1.pName2 is the name of the index 
** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed.  Both will 
** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a
** UNIQUE constraint.  If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable
................................................................................

  /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v ){
    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
       "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q AND type='index'",
       db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
       pIndex->zName
    );
    if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", db->aDb[iDb].zName) ){
      sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
        "DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE idx=%Q",
        db->aDb[iDb].zName, pIndex->zName
      );
    }

    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
    destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, 0, pIndex->zName, 0);
  }

exit_drop_index:
  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName);
................................................................................
**           A natural cross join B
**
** The operator is "natural cross join".  The A and B operands are stored
** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively.  The parser initially stores the
** operator with A.  This routine shifts that operator over to B.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){
  if( p && p->a ){
    int i;

    for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){
      p->a[i].jointype = p->a[i-1].jointype;
    }
    p->a[0].jointype = 0;
  }
}

................................................................................
** This file contains the C functions that implement various SQL
** functions of SQLite.  
**
** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
** sqliteRegisterBuildinFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
** All other code has file scope.
*/



/*
** Return the collating function associated with a function.
*/
static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){
  return context->pColl;
}
................................................................................
    ** early.  */
    if( pParse->disableTriggers ){
      pTo = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFKey->zTo, zDb);
    }else{
      pTo = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pFKey->zTo, zDb);
    }
    if( !pTo || locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTo, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiFree) ){

      if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return;
















      continue;
    }
    assert( pFKey->nCol==1 || (aiFree && pIdx) );

    if( aiFree ){
      aiCol = aiFree;
    }else{
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1     const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api = 0;
#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v)  sqlite3_api = v;

#endif /* _SQLITE3EXT_H_ */

/************** End of sqlite3ext.h ******************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in loadext.c ********************/


#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION

/*
** Some API routines are omitted when various features are
** excluded from a build of SQLite.  Substitute a NULL pointer
** for any missing APIs.
................................................................................
      sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortIndex, 1);
      p->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1;
    }

    if( pWInfo->eDistinct ){
      VdbeOp *pOp;                /* No longer required OpenEphemeral instr. */
     
      assert( addrDistinctIndex>0 );
      pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, addrDistinctIndex);

      assert( isDistinct );
      assert( pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED 
           || pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE 
      );
      distinct = -1;
................................................................................
** This file contains the sqlite3_get_table() and sqlite3_free_table()
** interface routines.  These are just wrappers around the main
** interface routine of sqlite3_exec().
**
** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked
** if they are not used.
*/



#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE

/*
** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through
** to the callback function is uses to build the result.
*/
................................................................................
  ** to this virtual table */
  for(i=nTerm=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
    if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
    assert( (pTerm->eOperator&(pTerm->eOperator-1))==0 );
    testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN );
    testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL );
    if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ) continue;

    nTerm++;
  }

  /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current 
  ** virtual table then allocate space for the aOrderBy part of
  ** the sqlite3_index_info structure.
  */
................................................................................

  for(i=j=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
    if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
    assert( (pTerm->eOperator&(pTerm->eOperator-1))==0 );
    testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN );
    testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL );
    if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ) continue;

    pIdxCons[j].iColumn = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
    pIdxCons[j].iTermOffset = i;
    pIdxCons[j].op = (u8)pTerm->eOperator;
    /* The direct assignment in the previous line is possible only because
    ** the WO_ and SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ codes are identical.  The
    ** following asserts verify this fact. */
    assert( WO_EQ==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ );
................................................................................
** The only modifications are the addition of a couple of NEVER()
** macros to disable tests that are needed in the case of a general
** LALR(1) grammar but which are always false in the
** specific grammar used by SQLite.
*/
/* First off, code is included that follows the "include" declaration
** in the input grammar file. */



/*
** Disable all error recovery processing in the parser push-down
** automaton.
*/
#define YYNOERRORRECOVERY 1
................................................................................
#else
  yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH];  /* The parser's stack */
#endif
};
typedef struct yyParser yyParser;

#ifndef NDEBUG

static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0;
static char *yyTracePrompt = 0;
#endif /* NDEBUG */

#ifndef NDEBUG
/* 
** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace
................................................................................
*************************************************************************
** An tokenizer for SQL
**
** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into
** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the
** parser for analysis.
*/


/*
** The charMap() macro maps alphabetic characters into their
** lower-case ASCII equivalent.  On ASCII machines, this is just
** an upper-to-lower case map.  On EBCDIC machines we also need
** to adjust the encoding.  Only alphabetic characters and underscores
** need to be translated.
................................................................................
    assert(sizeof(x)==8);
    assert(sizeof(x)==sizeof(y));
    memcpy(&y, &x, 8);
    assert( sqlite3IsNaN(y) );
  }
#endif
#endif











  return rc;
}

/*
** Undo the effects of sqlite3_initialize().  Must not be called while
** there are outstanding database connections or memory allocations or
................................................................................
/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3.c ***********************/
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)

#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && !defined(SQLITE_CORE)
# define SQLITE_CORE 1
#endif








#ifndef SQLITE_CORE 
  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
#endif

static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr);
static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr);
................................................................................
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)




typedef struct Fts3auxTable Fts3auxTable;
typedef struct Fts3auxCursor Fts3auxCursor;

struct Fts3auxTable {
  sqlite3_vtab base;              /* Base class used by SQLite core */
  Fts3Table *pFts3Tab;
................................................................................
#endif

/*
** Default span for NEAR operators.
*/
#define SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM 10




/*
** isNot:
**   This variable is used by function getNextNode(). When getNextNode() is
**   called, it sets ParseContext.isNot to true if the 'next node' is a 
**   FTSQUERY_PHRASE with a unary "-" attached to it. i.e. "mysql" in the
**   FTS3 query "sqlite -mysql". Otherwise, ParseContext.isNot is set to
................................................................................
/****************************************************************************
*****************************************************************************
** Everything after this point is just test code.
*/

#ifdef SQLITE_TEST



/*
** Function to query the hash-table of tokenizers (see README.tokenizers).
*/
static int queryTestTokenizer(
  sqlite3 *db, 
  const char *zName,  
................................................................................
**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
**
**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)






/*
** Malloc and Free functions
*/
static void *fts3HashMalloc(int n){
  void *p = sqlite3_malloc(n);
................................................................................
**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
**
**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)







/*
** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer
*/
typedef struct porter_tokenizer {
  sqlite3_tokenizer base;      /* Base class */
................................................................................
**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
**
**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)




/*
** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying 
** hash table. This function may be called as follows:
**
**   SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>);
**   SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <pointer>);
................................................................................
  sqlite3_free(zCopy);
  return rc;
}


#ifdef SQLITE_TEST




/*
** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers 
** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This
** function must be called with two arguments:
**
**   SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <input-string>);
................................................................................
**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
**
**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)







typedef struct simple_tokenizer {
  sqlite3_tokenizer base;
  char delim[128];             /* flag ASCII delimiters */
} simple_tokenizer;

................................................................................
** tables. It also contains code to merge FTS3 b-tree segments. Some
** of the sub-routines used to merge segments are also used by the query 
** code in fts3.c.
*/

#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)





/*
** When full-text index nodes are loaded from disk, the buffer that they
** are loaded into has the following number of bytes of padding at the end 
** of it. i.e. if a full-text index node is 900 bytes in size, then a buffer
** of 920 bytes is allocated for it.
**
................................................................................
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
*/

#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)




/*
** Characters that may appear in the second argument to matchinfo().
*/
#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE   'p'        /* 1 value */
#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL      'c'        /* 1 value */
#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC      'n'        /* 1 value */
................................................................................
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
#else
#endif




#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
#include "sqlite3rtree.h"
typedef sqlite3_int64 i64;
typedef unsigned char u8;
typedef unsigned int u32;
#endif
................................................................................

/* Include ICU headers */
#include <unicode/utypes.h>
#include <unicode/uregex.h>
#include <unicode/ustring.h>
#include <unicode/ucol.h>



#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
#else
#endif

/*
................................................................................
**
*************************************************************************
** This file implements a tokenizer for fts3 based on the ICU library.
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU




#include <unicode/ubrk.h>


#include <unicode/utf16.h>

typedef struct IcuTokenizer IcuTokenizer;
typedef struct IcuCursor IcuCursor;

struct IcuTokenizer {
  sqlite3_tokenizer base;

#endif

/*
** Exactly one of the following macros must be defined in order to
** specify which memory allocation subsystem to use.
**
**     SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC          // Use normal system malloc()
**     SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC           // Use Win32 native heap API
**     SQLITE_MEMDEBUG               // Debugging version of system malloc()
**
** On Windows, if the SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE macro is defined and the
** assert() macro is enabled, each call into the Win32 native heap subsystem
** will cause HeapValidate to be called.  If heap validation should fail, an
** assertion will be triggered.
**
** (Historical note:  There used to be several other options, but we've
** pared it down to just these two.)
**
** If none of the above are defined, then set SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC as
** the default.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)>1
# error "At most one of the following compile-time configuration options\
 is allows: SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC, SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC, SQLITE_MEMDEBUG"
#endif
#if defined(SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC)+defined(SQLITE_MEMDEBUG)==0
# define SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC 1
#endif

/*
** If SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT is not zero, then try to keep the
** sizes of memory allocations below this value where possible.
*/
................................................................................
**
** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.7.8"
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3007008
#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2011-08-31 23:57:22 2869ed28299b1c9f355ecc24635830f7f1249126"

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid
**
** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
................................................................................
** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications
** with specialized memory allocation requirements.  This object is
** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative
** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in
** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such
** conditions.
**
** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the
** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library.



** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to
** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup.



**
** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation
** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc.  The allocated size
** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger.
**
** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of
** a memory allocation given a particular requested size.  Most memory
................................................................................
** Provide a default value for SQLITE_TEMP_STORE in case it is not specified
** on the command-line
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_STORE
# define SQLITE_TEMP_STORE 1
#endif

/*
** If all temporary storage is in-memory, then omit the external merge-sort
** logic since it is superfluous.
*/
#if SQLITE_TEMP_STORE==3 && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT)
# define SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT
#endif

/*
** GCC does not define the offsetof() macro so we'll have to do it
** ourselves.
*/
#ifndef offsetof
#define offsetof(STRUCTURE,FIELD) ((int)((char*)&((STRUCTURE*)0)->FIELD))
#endif
................................................................................
** pager.h.
*/
#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL  1  /* Do not create or use a rollback journal */
#define BTREE_NO_READLOCK   2  /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */
#define BTREE_MEMORY        4  /* This is an in-memory DB */
#define BTREE_SINGLE        8  /* The file contains at most 1 b-tree */
#define BTREE_UNORDERED    16  /* Use of a hash implementation is OK */
#define BTREE_SORTER       32  /* Used as accumulator in external merge sort */

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree*,int,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
................................................................................
**
** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine
** or VDBE.  The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a
** simple program to access and modify the underlying database.
*/
#ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
#define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
/* #include <stdio.h> */

/*
** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe".  Only routines
** in the source file sqliteVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides
** of this structure.
*/
typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe;
................................................................................
    VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc;   /* Used when p4type is P4_VDBEFUNC */
    CollSeq *pColl;        /* Used when p4type is P4_COLLSEQ */
    Mem *pMem;             /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */
    VTable *pVtab;         /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */
    KeyInfo *pKeyInfo;     /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */
    int *ai;               /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */
    SubProgram *pProgram;  /* Used when p4type is P4_SUBPROGRAM */
    int (*xAdvance)(BtCursor *, int *);
  } p4;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  char *zComment;          /* Comment to improve readability */
#endif
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
  int cnt;                 /* Number of times this instruction was executed */
  u64 cycles;              /* Total time spent executing this instruction */
................................................................................
#define P4_VTAB     (-10) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */
#define P4_MPRINTF  (-11) /* P4 is a string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() */
#define P4_REAL     (-12) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */
#define P4_INT64    (-13) /* P4 is a 64-bit signed integer */
#define P4_INT32    (-14) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */
#define P4_INTARRAY (-15) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */
#define P4_SUBPROGRAM  (-18) /* P4 is a pointer to a SubProgram structure */
#define P4_ADVANCE  (-19) /* P4 is a pointer to BtreeNext() or BtreePrev() */

/* When adding a P4 argument using P4_KEYINFO, a copy of the KeyInfo structure
** is made.  That copy is freed when the Vdbe is finalized.  But if the
** argument is P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, the passed in pointer is used.  It still
** gets freed when the Vdbe is finalized so it still should be obtained
** from a single sqliteMalloc().  But no copy is made and the calling
** function should *not* try to free the KeyInfo.
................................................................................
#define OP_AutoCommit                          33
#define OP_Transaction                         34
#define OP_ReadCookie                          35
#define OP_SetCookie                           36
#define OP_VerifyCookie                        37
#define OP_OpenRead                            38
#define OP_OpenWrite                           39
#define OP_OpenSorter                          40
#define OP_OpenAutoindex                       41
#define OP_OpenEphemeral                       42
#define OP_OpenPseudo                          43
#define OP_Close                               44
#define OP_SeekLt                              45
#define OP_SeekLe                              46
#define OP_SeekGe                              47
#define OP_SeekGt                              48
#define OP_Seek                                49
#define OP_NotFound                            50
#define OP_Found                               51
#define OP_IsUnique                            52
#define OP_NotExists                           53
#define OP_Sequence                            54
#define OP_NewRowid                            55
#define OP_Insert                              56
#define OP_InsertInt                           57
#define OP_Delete                              58
#define OP_ResetCount                          59
#define OP_RowKey                              60
#define OP_RowData                             61
#define OP_Rowid                               62
#define OP_NullRow                             63
#define OP_Last                                64
#define OP_Sort                                65
#define OP_Rewind                              66
#define OP_Prev                                67
#define OP_Next                                70
#define OP_IdxInsert                           71
#define OP_IdxDelete                           72
#define OP_IdxRowid                            81
#define OP_IdxLT                               92
#define OP_IdxGE                               95
#define OP_Destroy                             96
#define OP_Clear                               97
#define OP_CreateIndex                         98
#define OP_CreateTable                         99
#define OP_ParseSchema                        100
#define OP_LoadAnalysis                       101
#define OP_DropTable                          102
#define OP_DropIndex                          103
#define OP_DropTrigger                        104
#define OP_IntegrityCk                        105
#define OP_RowSetAdd                          106
#define OP_RowSetRead                         107
#define OP_RowSetTest                         108
#define OP_Program                            109
#define OP_Param                              110
#define OP_FkCounter                          111
#define OP_FkIfZero                           112
#define OP_MemMax                             113
#define OP_IfPos                              114
#define OP_IfNeg                              115
#define OP_IfZero                             116
#define OP_AggStep                            117
#define OP_AggFinal                           118
#define OP_Checkpoint                         119
#define OP_JournalMode                        120
#define OP_Vacuum                             121
#define OP_IncrVacuum                         122
#define OP_Expire                             123
#define OP_TableLock                          124
#define OP_VBegin                             125
#define OP_VCreate                            126
#define OP_VDestroy                           127
#define OP_VOpen                              128
#define OP_VFilter                            129
#define OP_VColumn                            131
#define OP_VNext                              132
#define OP_VRename                            133
#define OP_VUpdate                            134
#define OP_Pagecount                          135
#define OP_MaxPgcnt                           136
#define OP_Trace                              137
#define OP_Noop                               138
#define OP_Explain                            139

/* The following opcode values are never used */

#define OP_NotUsed_140                        140


/* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in
** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c
** are encoded into bitvectors as follows:
*/
................................................................................
#define OPFLG_OUT3            0x0040  /* out3:  P3 is an output */
#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\
/*   0 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x05, 0x04, 0x04, 0x10, 0x00, 0x02,\
/*   8 */ 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x24, 0x24,\
/*  16 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x24, 0x04, 0x05, 0x04, 0x00,\
/*  24 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02,\
/*  32 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/*  40 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11,\
/*  48 */ 0x11, 0x08, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x11, 0x02, 0x02,\
/*  56 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00,\
/*  64 */ 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x01, 0x08,\
/*  72 */ 0x00, 0x05, 0x05, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15,\
/*  80 */ 0x15, 0x02, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c,\
/*  88 */ 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x4c, 0x01, 0x24, 0x02, 0x01,\
/*  96 */ 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 104 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x0c, 0x45, 0x15, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00,\
/* 112 */ 0x01, 0x08, 0x05, 0x05, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 120 */ 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 128 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02,\
/* 136 */ 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04,\
/* 144 */ 0x04, 0x04,}

/************** End of opcodes.h *********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in vdbe.h ***********************/

/*
** Prototypes for the VDBE interface.  See comments on the implementation
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe*,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe*,int,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const char *zP4,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4Int(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeAddParseSchemaOp(Vdbe*,int,char*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P1);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P2);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, u32 addr, int P3);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe*, u8 P5);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr, int N);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*);
................................................................................
** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen().
**
** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h.
*/
#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL  0x0001    /* Do not use a rollback journal */
#define PAGER_NO_READLOCK   0x0002    /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */
#define PAGER_MEMORY        0x0004    /* In-memory database */
#define PAGER_SORTER        0x0020    /* Accumulator in external merge sort */

/*
** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode().
*/
#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY      -1
#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL      0
#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE   1
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerUnderStress(Pager*);
#endif

/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno);

#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_WAL)
SQLITE_PRIVATE void *sqlite3PagerCodec(DbPage *);
#endif
................................................................................
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_INT64_TYPE
  "INT64_TYPE",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE
  "LOCK_TRACE",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY
  "MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY=" CTIMEOPT_VAL(SQLITE_MAX_SCHEMA_RETRY),
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
  "MEMDEBUG",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT
  "MIXED_ENDIAN_64BIT_FLOAT",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC
................................................................................
  "OMIT_LOCALTIME",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
  "OMIT_LOOKASIDE",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
  "OMIT_MEMORYDB",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT
  "OMIT_MERGE_SORT",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION
  "OMIT_OR_OPTIMIZATION",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
  "OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS",
#endif
................................................................................
  "OMIT_WAL",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
  "OMIT_WSD",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_XFER_OPT
  "OMIT_XFER_OPT",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_PAGECACHE_BLOCKALLOC
  "PAGECACHE_BLOCKALLOC",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
  "PERFORMANCE_TRACE",
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_PROXY_DEBUG
  "PROXY_DEBUG",
#endif
................................................................................
typedef struct VdbeOp Op;

/*
** Boolean values
*/
typedef unsigned char Bool;

/* Opaque type used by code in vdbesort.c */
typedef struct VdbeSorter VdbeSorter;

/*
** A cursor is a pointer into a single BTree within a database file.
** The cursor can seek to a BTree entry with a particular key, or
** loop over all entries of the Btree.  You can also insert new BTree
** entries or retrieve the key or data from the entry that the cursor
** is currently pointing to.
** 
................................................................................
  Bool isIndex;         /* True if an index containing keys only - no data */
  Bool isOrdered;       /* True if the underlying table is BTREE_UNORDERED */
  sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor;  /* The cursor for a virtual table */
  const sqlite3_module *pModule;     /* Module for cursor pVtabCursor */
  i64 seqCount;         /* Sequence counter */
  i64 movetoTarget;     /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
  i64 lastRowid;        /* Last rowid from a Next or NextIdx operation */
  VdbeSorter *pSorter;  /* Sorter object for OP_OpenSorter cursors */

  /* Result of last sqlite3BtreeMoveto() done by an OP_NotExists or 
  ** OP_IsUnique opcode on this cursor. */
  int seekResult;

  /* Cached information about the header for the data record that the
  ** cursor is currently pointing to.  Only valid if cacheStatus matches
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,int,int,int,Mem*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p);
#define MemReleaseExt(X)  \
  if((X)->flags&(MEM_Agg|MEM_Dyn|MEM_RowSet|MEM_Frame)) \
    sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(X);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFrameDelete(VdbeFrame*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeFrameRestore(VdbeFrame *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(Mem *pMem);

#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT
# define sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(Y,Z)      SQLITE_OK
# define sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(X,Y,Z)   SQLITE_OK
# define sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(Y,Z)
# define sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(Y,Z)    SQLITE_OK
# define sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(X,Y,Z)  SQLITE_OK
# define sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(X,Y,Z)    SQLITE_OK
#else
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(VdbeCursor *, Mem *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *, int *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *, VdbeCursor *, int *);
#endif

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeEnter(Vdbe*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3VdbeLeave(Vdbe*);
#else
# define sqlite3VdbeEnter(X)
# define sqlite3VdbeLeave(X)
................................................................................
**
**      Jean Meeus
**      Astronomical Algorithms, 2nd Edition, 1998
**      ISBM 0-943396-61-1
**      Willmann-Bell, Inc
**      Richmond, Virginia (USA)
*/
/* #include <stdlib.h> */
/* #include <assert.h> */
#include <time.h>

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DATETIME_FUNCS


/*
** A structure for holding a single date and time.
................................................................................
#ifdef __GLIBC__
  extern int backtrace(void**,int);
  extern void backtrace_symbols_fd(void*const*,int,int);
#else
# define backtrace(A,B) 1
# define backtrace_symbols_fd(A,B,C)
#endif
/* #include <stdio.h> */

/*
** Each memory allocation looks like this:
**
**  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
**  | Title |  backtrace pointers |  MemBlockHdr |  allocation |  EndGuard |
**  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** Memory allocation functions used throughout sqlite.
*/
/* #include <stdarg.h> */

/*
** Attempt to release up to n bytes of non-essential memory currently
** held by SQLite. An example of non-essential memory is memory used to
** cache database pages that are not currently in use.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_release_memory(int n){
................................................................................
**
**
** BOM or Byte Order Mark:
**     0xff 0xfe   little-endian utf-16 follows
**     0xfe 0xff   big-endian utf-16 follows
**
*/
/* #include <assert.h> */

#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
/*
** The following constant value is used by the SQLITE_BIGENDIAN and
** SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN macros.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE const int sqlite3one = 1;
................................................................................
*************************************************************************
** Utility functions used throughout sqlite.
**
** This file contains functions for allocating memory, comparing
** strings, and stuff like that.
**
*/
/* #include <stdarg.h> */
#ifdef SQLITE_HAVE_ISNAN
# include <math.h>
#endif

/*
** Routine needed to support the testcase() macro.
*/
................................................................................
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables
** used in SQLite.
*/
/* #include <assert.h> */

/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
** fields of the Hash structure.
**
** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew){
................................................................................
     /*  33 */ "AutoCommit",
     /*  34 */ "Transaction",
     /*  35 */ "ReadCookie",
     /*  36 */ "SetCookie",
     /*  37 */ "VerifyCookie",
     /*  38 */ "OpenRead",
     /*  39 */ "OpenWrite",
     /*  40 */ "OpenSorter",
     /*  41 */ "OpenAutoindex",
     /*  42 */ "OpenEphemeral",
     /*  43 */ "OpenPseudo",
     /*  44 */ "Close",
     /*  45 */ "SeekLt",
     /*  46 */ "SeekLe",
     /*  47 */ "SeekGe",
     /*  48 */ "SeekGt",
     /*  49 */ "Seek",
     /*  50 */ "NotFound",
     /*  51 */ "Found",
     /*  52 */ "IsUnique",
     /*  53 */ "NotExists",
     /*  54 */ "Sequence",
     /*  55 */ "NewRowid",
     /*  56 */ "Insert",
     /*  57 */ "InsertInt",
     /*  58 */ "Delete",
     /*  59 */ "ResetCount",
     /*  60 */ "RowKey",
     /*  61 */ "RowData",
     /*  62 */ "Rowid",
     /*  63 */ "NullRow",
     /*  64 */ "Last",
     /*  65 */ "Sort",
     /*  66 */ "Rewind",
     /*  67 */ "Prev",
     /*  68 */ "Or",
     /*  69 */ "And",
     /*  70 */ "Next",
     /*  71 */ "IdxInsert",
     /*  72 */ "IdxDelete",
     /*  73 */ "IsNull",
     /*  74 */ "NotNull",
     /*  75 */ "Ne",
     /*  76 */ "Eq",
     /*  77 */ "Gt",
     /*  78 */ "Le",
     /*  79 */ "Lt",
     /*  80 */ "Ge",
     /*  81 */ "IdxRowid",
     /*  82 */ "BitAnd",
     /*  83 */ "BitOr",
     /*  84 */ "ShiftLeft",
     /*  85 */ "ShiftRight",
     /*  86 */ "Add",
     /*  87 */ "Subtract",
     /*  88 */ "Multiply",
     /*  89 */ "Divide",
     /*  90 */ "Remainder",
     /*  91 */ "Concat",
     /*  92 */ "IdxLT",
     /*  93 */ "BitNot",
     /*  94 */ "String8",
     /*  95 */ "IdxGE",
     /*  96 */ "Destroy",
     /*  97 */ "Clear",
     /*  98 */ "CreateIndex",
     /*  99 */ "CreateTable",
     /* 100 */ "ParseSchema",
     /* 101 */ "LoadAnalysis",
     /* 102 */ "DropTable",
     /* 103 */ "DropIndex",
     /* 104 */ "DropTrigger",
     /* 105 */ "IntegrityCk",
     /* 106 */ "RowSetAdd",
     /* 107 */ "RowSetRead",
     /* 108 */ "RowSetTest",
     /* 109 */ "Program",
     /* 110 */ "Param",
     /* 111 */ "FkCounter",
     /* 112 */ "FkIfZero",
     /* 113 */ "MemMax",
     /* 114 */ "IfPos",
     /* 115 */ "IfNeg",
     /* 116 */ "IfZero",
     /* 117 */ "AggStep",
     /* 118 */ "AggFinal",
     /* 119 */ "Checkpoint",
     /* 120 */ "JournalMode",
     /* 121 */ "Vacuum",
     /* 122 */ "IncrVacuum",
     /* 123 */ "Expire",
     /* 124 */ "TableLock",
     /* 125 */ "VBegin",
     /* 126 */ "VCreate",
     /* 127 */ "VDestroy",
     /* 128 */ "VOpen",
     /* 129 */ "VFilter",
     /* 130 */ "Real",
     /* 131 */ "VColumn",
     /* 132 */ "VNext",
     /* 133 */ "VRename",
     /* 134 */ "VUpdate",
     /* 135 */ "Pagecount",
     /* 136 */ "MaxPgcnt",
     /* 137 */ "Trace",
     /* 138 */ "Noop",
     /* 139 */ "Explain",
     /* 140 */ "NotUsed_140",
     /* 141 */ "ToText",
     /* 142 */ "ToBlob",
     /* 143 */ "ToNumeric",
     /* 144 */ "ToInt",
     /* 145 */ "ToReal",
  };
................................................................................
** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
*/
#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
#endif

#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
# ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE
#   define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0
# endif
  int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE;
# define OSTRACE(X)          if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
#else
# define OSTRACE(X)
................................................................................
/*
** standard include files.
*/
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <unistd.h>
/* #include <time.h> */
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <errno.h>
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
#include <sys/mman.h>
#endif

#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS     0x1

/*
** If we are to be thread-safe, include the pthreads header and define
** the SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS macro.
*/
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
/* # include <pthread.h> */
# define SQLITE_UNIX_THREADS 1
#endif

/*
** Default permissions when creating a new file
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS
................................................................................
** VFS implementations.
*/
typedef struct unixFile unixFile;
struct unixFile {
  sqlite3_io_methods const *pMethod;  /* Always the first entry */
  unixInodeInfo *pInode;              /* Info about locks on this inode */
  int h;                              /* The file descriptor */

  unsigned char eFileLock;            /* The type of lock held on this fd */
  unsigned char ctrlFlags;            /* Behavioral bits.  UNIXFILE_* flags */
  int lastErrno;                      /* The unix errno from last I/O error */
  void *lockingContext;               /* Locking style specific state */
  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused;              /* Pre-allocated UnixUnusedFd */
  const char *zPath;                  /* Name of the file */
  unixShm *pShm;                      /* Shared memory segment information */
................................................................................

/*
** Allowed values for the unixFile.ctrlFlags bitmask:
*/
#define UNIXFILE_EXCL        0x01     /* Connections from one process only */
#define UNIXFILE_RDONLY      0x02     /* Connection is read only */
#define UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL 0x04     /* Persistent WAL mode */
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
# define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC    0x08     /* Directory sync needed */
#else
# define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC    0x00
#endif

/*
** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
*/
/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_unix.c ***************/
/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
/*
................................................................................
** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
*/
#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
#endif

#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
# ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE
#   define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0
# endif
  int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE;
# define OSTRACE(X)          if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
#else
# define OSTRACE(X)
................................................................................
** The safest way to deal with the problem is to always use this wrapper
** which always has the same well-defined interface.
*/
static int posixOpen(const char *zFile, int flags, int mode){
  return open(zFile, flags, mode);
}

/* Forward reference */
static int openDirectory(const char*, int*);

/*
** Many system calls are accessed through pointer-to-functions so that
** they may be overridden at runtime to facilitate fault injection during
** testing and sandboxing.  The following array holds the names and pointers
** to all overrideable system calls.
*/
static struct unix_syscall {
................................................................................
#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE
  { "fallocate",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)posix_fallocate,  0 },
#else
  { "fallocate",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)0,                0 },
#endif
#define osFallocate ((int(*)(int,off_t,off_t))aSyscall[15].pCurrent)

  { "unlink",       (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)unlink,           0 },
#define osUnlink    ((int(*)(const char*))aSyscall[16].pCurrent)

  { "openDirectory",    (sqlite3_syscall_ptr)openDirectory,      0 },
#define osOpenDirectory ((int(*)(const char*,int*))aSyscall[17].pCurrent)

}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */

/*
** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the
** "unix" VFSes.  Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the
** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable
** system call named zName.
................................................................................
**
** It is *not* necessary to hold the mutex when this routine is called,
** even on VxWorks.  A mutex will be acquired on VxWorks by the
** vxworksReleaseFileId() routine.
*/
static int closeUnixFile(sqlite3_file *id){
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;




  if( pFile->h>=0 ){
    robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__);
    pFile->h = -1;
  }
#if OS_VXWORKS
  if( pFile->pId ){
    if( pFile->isDelete ){
      osUnlink(pFile->pId->zCanonicalName);
    }
    vxworksReleaseFileId(pFile->pId);
    pFile->pId = 0;
  }
#endif
  OSTRACE(("CLOSE   %-3d\n", pFile->h));
  OpenCounter(-1);
................................................................................
  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
    pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  
  /* To fully unlock the database, delete the lock file */
  assert( eFileLock==NO_LOCK );
  if( osUnlink(zLockFile) ){
    int rc = 0;
    int tErrno = errno;
    if( ENOENT != tErrno ){
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
    }
    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
................................................................................
** to a non-zero value otherwise *pResOut is set to zero.  The return value
** is set to SQLITE_OK unless an I/O error occurs during lock checking.
*/
static int afpCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int reserved = 0;
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  afpLockingContext *context;
  
  SimulateIOError( return SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK; );
  
  assert( pFile );
  context = (afpLockingContext *) pFile->lockingContext;
  if( context->reserved ){
    *pResOut = 1;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  unixEnterMutex(); /* Because pFile->pInode is shared across threads */
  
  /* Check if a thread in this process holds such a lock */
................................................................................
    }
  }
  
  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
  ** operating system calls for the specified lock.
  */
  if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){
    int lrc1, lrc2, lrc1Errno = 0;
    long lk, mask;
    
    assert( pInode->nShared==0 );
    assert( pInode->eFileLock==0 );
        
    mask = (sizeof(long)==8) ? LARGEST_INT64 : 0x7fffffff;
    /* Now get the read-lock SHARED_LOCK */
................................................................................
#endif
  TIMER_START;
#if defined(USE_PREAD)
  do{ got = osPwrite(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset); }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR );
#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
  do{ got = osPwrite64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);}while( got<0 && errno==EINTR);
#else
  do{
    newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
    SimulateIOError( newOffset-- );
    if( newOffset!=offset ){
      if( newOffset == -1 ){
        ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
      }else{
        ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0;			
      }
      return -1;
    }
    got = osWrite(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
  }while( got<0 && errno==EINTR );
#endif
  TIMER_END;
  if( got<0 ){
    ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
  }

  OSTRACE(("WRITE   %-3d %5d %7lld %llu\n", id->h, got, offset, TIMER_ELAPSED));
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_sync_count = 0;
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_fullsync_count = 0;
#endif

/*
** We do not trust systems to provide a working fdatasync().  Some do.
** Others do no.  To be safe, we will stick with the (slightly slower)
** fsync(). If you know that your system does support fdatasync() correctly,
** then simply compile with -Dfdatasync=fdatasync
*/
#if !defined(fdatasync)
# define fdatasync fsync
#endif

/*
** Define HAVE_FULLFSYNC to 0 or 1 depending on whether or not
** the F_FULLFSYNC macro is defined.  F_FULLFSYNC is currently
** only available on Mac OS X.  But that could change.
................................................................................
#endif /* ifdef SQLITE_NO_SYNC elif HAVE_FULLFSYNC */

  if( OS_VXWORKS && rc!= -1 ){
    rc = 0;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Open a file descriptor to the directory containing file zFilename.
** If successful, *pFd is set to the opened file descriptor and
** SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM
** or SQLITE_CANTOPEN is returned and *pFd is set to an undefined
** value.
**
** The directory file descriptor is used for only one thing - to
** fsync() a directory to make sure file creation and deletion events
** are flushed to disk.  Such fsyncs are not needed on newer
** journaling filesystems, but are required on older filesystems.
**
** This routine can be overridden using the xSetSysCall interface.
** The ability to override this routine was added in support of the
** chromium sandbox.  Opening a directory is a security risk (we are
** told) so making it overrideable allows the chromium sandbox to
** replace this routine with a harmless no-op.  To make this routine
** a no-op, replace it with a stub that returns SQLITE_OK but leaves
** *pFd set to a negative number.
**
** If SQLITE_OK is returned, the caller is responsible for closing
** the file descriptor *pFd using close().
*/
static int openDirectory(const char *zFilename, int *pFd){
  int ii;
  int fd = -1;
  char zDirname[MAX_PATHNAME+1];

  sqlite3_snprintf(MAX_PATHNAME, zDirname, "%s", zFilename);
  for(ii=(int)strlen(zDirname); ii>1 && zDirname[ii]!='/'; ii--);
  if( ii>0 ){
    zDirname[ii] = '\0';
    fd = robust_open(zDirname, O_RDONLY|O_BINARY, 0);
    if( fd>=0 ){
#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC
      osFcntl(fd, F_SETFD, osFcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
#endif
      OSTRACE(("OPENDIR %-3d %s\n", fd, zDirname));
    }
  }
  *pFd = fd;
  return (fd>=0?SQLITE_OK:unixLogError(SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT, "open", zDirname));
}

/*
** Make sure all writes to a particular file are committed to disk.
**
** If dataOnly==0 then both the file itself and its metadata (file
** size, access time, etc) are synced.  If dataOnly!=0 then only the
** file data is synced.
................................................................................
  OSTRACE(("SYNC    %-3d\n", pFile->h));
  rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, isFullsync, isDataOnly);
  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
  if( rc ){
    pFile->lastErrno = errno;
    return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, "full_fsync", pFile->zPath);
  }

  /* Also fsync the directory containing the file if the DIRSYNC flag
  ** is set.  This is a one-time occurrance.  Many systems (examples: AIX)
  ** are unable to fsync a directory, so ignore errors on the fsync.
  */
  if( pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC ){
    int dirfd;
    OSTRACE(("DIRSYNC %s (have_fullfsync=%d fullsync=%d)\n", pFile->zPath,
            HAVE_FULLFSYNC, isFullsync));
    rc = osOpenDirectory(pFile->zPath, &dirfd);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK && dirfd>=0 ){
      full_fsync(dirfd, 0, 0);
      robust_close(pFile, dirfd, __LINE__);
    }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
      rc = SQLITE_OK;
    }
    pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC;





  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Truncate an open file to a specified size
*/
................................................................................
** proxying locking division.
*/
static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
#endif

/* 
** This function is called to handle the SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT 
** file-control operation.  Enlarge the database to nBytes in size
** (rounded up to the next chunk-size).  If the database is already
** nBytes or larger, this routine is a no-op.


*/
static int fcntlSizeHint(unixFile *pFile, i64 nByte){

  if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
    i64 nSize;                    /* Required file size */

    struct stat buf;              /* Used to hold return values of fstat() */
   
    if( osFstat(pFile->h, &buf) ) return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;

    nSize = ((nByte+pFile->szChunk-1) / pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;





    if( nSize>(i64)buf.st_size ){

#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE
      /* The code below is handling the return value of osFallocate() 
      ** correctly. posix_fallocate() is defined to "returns zero on success, 
      ** or an error number on  failure". See the manpage for details. */
      int err;
................................................................................
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: {
      pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg;
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: {
      int rc;
      SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
      rc = fcntlSizeHint(pFile, *(i64 *)pArg);
      SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
      return rc;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: {
      int bPersist = *(int*)pArg;
      if( bPersist<0 ){
        *(int*)pArg = (pFile->ctrlFlags & UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL)!=0;
      }else if( bPersist==0 ){
        pFile->ctrlFlags &= ~UNIXFILE_PERSIST_WAL;
................................................................................
** All other fields are read/write.  The unixShm.pFile->mutex must be held
** while accessing any read/write fields.
*/
struct unixShm {
  unixShmNode *pShmNode;     /* The underlying unixShmNode object */
  unixShm *pNext;            /* Next unixShm with the same unixShmNode */
  u8 hasMutex;               /* True if holding the unixShmNode mutex */
  u8 id;                     /* Id of this connection within its unixShmNode */
  u16 sharedMask;            /* Mask of shared locks held */
  u16 exclMask;              /* Mask of exclusive locks held */



};

/*
** Constants used for locking
*/
#define UNIX_SHM_BASE   ((22+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)*4)         /* first lock byte */
#define UNIX_SHM_DMS    (UNIX_SHM_BASE+SQLITE_SHM_NLOCK)  /* deadman switch */
................................................................................

  /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying
  ** shared-memory file, too */
  unixEnterMutex();
  assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 );
  pShmNode->nRef--;
  if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){
    if( deleteFlag && pShmNode->h>=0 ) osUnlink(pShmNode->zFilename);
    unixShmPurge(pDbFd);
  }
  unixLeaveMutex();

  return SQLITE_OK;
}

................................................................................

/*
** Initialize the contents of the unixFile structure pointed to by pId.
*/
static int fillInUnixFile(
  sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,      /* Pointer to vfs object */
  int h,                  /* Open file descriptor of file being opened */
  int syncDir,            /* True to sync directory on first sync */
  sqlite3_file *pId,      /* Write to the unixFile structure here */
  const char *zFilename,  /* Name of the file being opened */
  int noLock,             /* Omit locking if true */
  int isDelete,           /* Delete on close if true */
  int isReadOnly          /* True if the file is opened read-only */
){
  const sqlite3_io_methods *pLockingStyle;
................................................................................
    || pVfs->pAppData==(void*)&autolockIoFinder );
#else
  assert( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]=='/' );
#endif

  OSTRACE(("OPEN    %-3d %s\n", h, zFilename));
  pNew->h = h;

  pNew->zPath = zFilename;
  if( memcmp(pVfs->zName,"unix-excl",10)==0 ){
    pNew->ctrlFlags = UNIXFILE_EXCL;
  }else{
    pNew->ctrlFlags = 0;
  }
  if( isReadOnly ){
    pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_RDONLY;
  }
  if( syncDir ){
    pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC;
  }

#if OS_VXWORKS
  pNew->pId = vxworksFindFileId(zFilename);
  if( pNew->pId==0 ){
    noLock = 1;
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
................................................................................
#endif
  
  pNew->lastErrno = 0;
#if OS_VXWORKS
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
    h = -1;
    osUnlink(zFilename);
    isDelete = 0;
  }
  pNew->isDelete = isDelete;
#endif
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){

    if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
  }else{
    pNew->pMethod = pLockingStyle;
    OpenCounter(+1);
  }
  return rc;
}
































/*
** Return the name of a directory in which to put temporary files.
** If no suitable temporary file directory can be found, return NULL.
*/
static const char *unixTempFileDir(void){
  static const char *azDirs[] = {
     0,
................................................................................
  const char *zPath,           /* Pathname of file to be opened */
  sqlite3_file *pFile,         /* The file descriptor to be filled in */
  int flags,                   /* Input flags to control the opening */
  int *pOutFlags               /* Output flags returned to SQLite core */
){
  unixFile *p = (unixFile *)pFile;
  int fd = -1;                   /* File descriptor returned by open() */

  int openFlags = 0;             /* Flags to pass to open() */
  int eType = flags&0xFFFFFF00;  /* Type of file to open */
  int noLock;                    /* True to omit locking primitives */
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;            /* Function Return Code */

  int isExclusive  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE);
  int isDelete     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE);
  int isCreate     = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE);
  int isReadonly   = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
  int isReadWrite  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE);
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  int isAutoProxy  = (flags & SQLITE_OPEN_AUTOPROXY);
#endif
#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  struct statfs fsInfo;
#endif

  /* If creating a master or main-file journal, this function will open
  ** a file-descriptor on the directory too. The first time unixSync()
  ** is called the directory file descriptor will be fsync()ed and close()d.
  */
  int syncDir = (isCreate && (
        eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL 
     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL 
     || eType==SQLITE_OPEN_WAL
  ));

  /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open
  ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in.
................................................................................
      if( !pUnused ){
        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
      }
    }
    p->pUnused = pUnused;
  }else if( !zName ){
    /* If zName is NULL, the upper layer is requesting a temp file. */
    assert(isDelete && !syncDir);
    rc = unixGetTempname(MAX_PATHNAME+1, zTmpname);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      return rc;
    }
    zName = zTmpname;
  }

................................................................................
    p->pUnused->flags = flags;
  }

  if( isDelete ){
#if OS_VXWORKS
    zPath = zName;
#else
    osUnlink(zName);
#endif
  }
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  else{
    p->openFlags = openFlags;
  }
#endif














#ifdef FD_CLOEXEC
  osFcntl(fd, F_SETFD, osFcntl(fd, F_GETFD, 0) | FD_CLOEXEC);
#endif

  noLock = eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;

  
#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE

  if( fstatfs(fd, &fsInfo) == -1 ){
    ((unixFile*)pFile)->lastErrno = errno;

    robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__);
    return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
  }
  if (0 == strncmp("msdos", fsInfo.f_fstypename, 5)) {
    ((unixFile*)pFile)->fsFlags |= SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS;
  }
#endif
................................................................................
    int useProxy = 0;

    /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means 
    ** never use proxy, NULL means use proxy for non-local files only.  */
    if( envforce!=NULL ){
      useProxy = atoi(envforce)>0;
    }else{

      if( statfs(zPath, &fsInfo) == -1 ){
        /* In theory, the close(fd) call is sub-optimal. If the file opened
        ** with fd is a database file, and there are other connections open
        ** on that file that are currently holding advisory locks on it,
        ** then the call to close() will cancel those locks. In practice,
        ** we're assuming that statfs() doesn't fail very often. At least
        ** not while other file descriptors opened by the same process on
        ** the same file are working.  */
        p->lastErrno = errno;



        robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__);
        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
        goto open_finished;
      }
      useProxy = !(fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_LOCAL);
    }
    if( useProxy ){
      rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, syncDir, pFile, zPath, noLock,
                          isDelete, isReadonly);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = proxyTransformUnixFile((unixFile*)pFile, ":auto:");
        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
          /* Use unixClose to clean up the resources added in fillInUnixFile 
          ** and clear all the structure's references.  Specifically, 
          ** pFile->pMethods will be NULL so sqlite3OsClose will be a no-op 
................................................................................
        }
      }
      goto open_finished;
    }
  }
#endif
  
  rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, syncDir, pFile, zPath, noLock,
                      isDelete, isReadonly);
open_finished:
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    sqlite3_free(p->pUnused);
  }
  return rc;
}
................................................................................
  sqlite3_vfs *NotUsed,     /* VFS containing this as the xDelete method */
  const char *zPath,        /* Name of file to be deleted */
  int dirSync               /* If true, fsync() directory after deleting file */
){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE);
  if( osUnlink(zPath)==(-1) && errno!=ENOENT ){
    return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE, "unlink", zPath);
  }
#ifndef SQLITE_DISABLE_DIRSYNC
  if( dirSync ){
    int fd;
    rc = osOpenDirectory(zPath, &fd);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
#if OS_VXWORKS
      if( fsync(fd)==-1 )
#else
      if( fsync(fd) )
#endif
      {
        rc = unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_DIR_FSYNC, "fsync", zPath);
      }
      robust_close(0, fd, __LINE__);
    }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
      rc = SQLITE_OK;
    }
  }
#endif
  return rc;
}

/*
................................................................................
*/
static int proxyCreateUnixFile(
    const char *path,        /* path for the new unixFile */
    unixFile **ppFile,       /* unixFile created and returned by ref */
    int islockfile           /* if non zero missing dirs will be created */
) {
  int fd = -1;

  unixFile *pNew;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;
  sqlite3_vfs dummyVfs;
  int terrno = 0;
  UnixUnusedFd *pUnused = NULL;

................................................................................
  memset(&dummyVfs, 0, sizeof(dummyVfs));
  dummyVfs.pAppData = (void*)&autolockIoFinder;
  dummyVfs.zName = "dummy";
  pUnused->fd = fd;
  pUnused->flags = openFlags;
  pNew->pUnused = pUnused;
  
  rc = fillInUnixFile(&dummyVfs, fd, 0, (sqlite3_file*)pNew, path, 0, 0, 0);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    *ppFile = pNew;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
end_create_proxy:    
  robust_close(pNew, fd, __LINE__);
  sqlite3_free(pNew);
................................................................................
      int err = errno;
      if( pError ){
        *pError = err;
      }
      return SQLITE_IOERR;
    }
  }
#else
  UNUSED_PARAMETER(pError);
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
  /* simulate multiple hosts by creating unique hostid file paths */
  if( sqlite3_hostid_num != 0){
    pHostID[0] = (char)(pHostID[0] + (char)(sqlite3_hostid_num & 0xFF));
  }
#endif
................................................................................
  robust_close(pFile, conchFile->h, __LINE__);
  conchFile->h = fd;
  conchFile->openFlags = O_RDWR | O_CREAT;

end_breaklock:
  if( rc ){
    if( fd>=0 ){
      osUnlink(tPath);
      robust_close(pFile, fd, __LINE__);
    }
    fprintf(stderr, "failed to break stale lock on %s, %s\n", cPath, errmsg);
  }
  return rc;
}

................................................................................
static int proxyConchLock(unixFile *pFile, uuid_t myHostID, int lockType){
  proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext; 
  unixFile *conchFile = pCtx->conchFile;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  int nTries = 0;
  struct timespec conchModTime;
  
  memset(&conchModTime, 0, sizeof(conchModTime));
  do {
    rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType);
    nTries ++;
    if( rc==SQLITE_BUSY ){
      /* If the lock failed (busy):
       * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again. 
       * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait 
................................................................................
        }
      }
      conchFile->pMethod->xUnlock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);
      
    end_takeconch:
      OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: CLOSE  %d\n", pFile->h));
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pFile->openFlags ){
        int fd;
        if( pFile->h>=0 ){
          robust_close(pFile, pFile->h, __LINE__);
        }
        pFile->h = -1;
        fd = robust_open(pCtx->dbPath, pFile->openFlags,
                      SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS);
        OSTRACE(("TRANSPROXY: OPEN  %d\n", fd));
        if( fd>=0 ){
          pFile->h = fd;
        }else{
          rc=SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; /* SQLITE_BUSY? proxyTakeConch called
           during locking */
................................................................................
    UNIXVFS("unix-proxy",    proxyIoFinder ),
#endif
  };
  unsigned int i;          /* Loop counter */

  /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed
  ** correctly.  See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */
  assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==18 );

  /* Register all VFSes defined in the aVfs[] array */
  for(i=0; i<(sizeof(aVfs)/sizeof(sqlite3_vfs)); i++){
    sqlite3_vfs_register(&aVfs[i], i==0);
  }
  return SQLITE_OK; 
}
................................................................................
** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
** switch.  The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
*/
#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
#endif

#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
# ifndef SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE
#   define SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE 0
# endif
  int sqlite3OSTrace = SQLITE_DEBUG_OS_TRACE;
# define OSTRACE(X)          if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf X
#else
# define OSTRACE(X)
................................................................................
  HANDLE hMutex;          /* Mutex used to control access to shared lock */  
  HANDLE hShared;         /* Shared memory segment used for locking */
  winceLock local;        /* Locks obtained by this instance of winFile */
  winceLock *shared;      /* Global shared lock memory for the file  */
#endif
};

/*
 * If compiled with SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC on Windows, we will use the
 * various Win32 API heap functions instead of our own.
 */
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
/*
 * The initial size of the Win32-specific heap.  This value may be zero.
 */
#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE
#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE ((SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE) * \
                                       (SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE) + 4194304)
#endif

/*
 * The maximum size of the Win32-specific heap.  This value may be zero.
 */
#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE
#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE  (0)
#endif

/*
 * The extra flags to use in calls to the Win32 heap APIs.  This value may be
 * zero for the default behavior.
 */
#ifndef SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS
#  define SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS     (0)
#endif

/*
** The winMemData structure stores information required by the Win32-specific
** sqlite3_mem_methods implementation.
*/
typedef struct winMemData winMemData;
struct winMemData {
#ifndef NDEBUG
  u32 magic;    /* Magic number to detect structure corruption. */
#endif
  HANDLE hHeap; /* The handle to our heap. */
  BOOL bOwned;  /* Do we own the heap (i.e. destroy it on shutdown)? */
};

#ifndef NDEBUG
#define WINMEM_MAGIC     0x42b2830b
#endif

static struct winMemData win_mem_data = {
#ifndef NDEBUG
  WINMEM_MAGIC,
#endif
  NULL, FALSE
};

#ifndef NDEBUG
#define winMemAssertMagic() assert( win_mem_data.magic==WINMEM_MAGIC )
#else
#define winMemAssertMagic()
#endif

#define winMemGetHeap() win_mem_data.hHeap

static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes);
static void winMemFree(void *pPrior);
static void *winMemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes);
static int winMemSize(void *p);
static int winMemRoundup(int n);
static int winMemInit(void *pAppData);
static void winMemShutdown(void *pAppData);

SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetWin32(void);
#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */

/*
** Forward prototypes.
*/
static int getSectorSize(
    sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
    const char *zRelative     /* UTF-8 file name */
................................................................................
      GetVersionEx(&sInfo);
      sqlite3_os_type = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
    }
    return sqlite3_os_type==2;
  }
#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */

#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC
/*
** Allocate nBytes of memory.
*/
static void *winMemMalloc(int nBytes){
  HANDLE hHeap;
  void *p;

  winMemAssertMagic();
  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
  assert( hHeap!=0 );
  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE
  assert ( HeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
#endif
  assert( nBytes>=0 );
  p = HeapAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, (SIZE_T)nBytes);
  if( !p ){
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapAlloc %u bytes (%d), heap=%p",
        nBytes, GetLastError(), (void*)hHeap);
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Free memory.
*/
static void winMemFree(void *pPrior){
  HANDLE hHeap;

  winMemAssertMagic();
  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
  assert( hHeap!=0 );
  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE
  assert ( HeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) );
#endif
  if( !pPrior ) return; /* Passing NULL to HeapFree is undefined. */
  if( !HeapFree(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) ){
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapFree block %p (%d), heap=%p",
        pPrior, GetLastError(), (void*)hHeap);
  }
}

/*
** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
*/
static void *winMemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
  HANDLE hHeap;
  void *p;

  winMemAssertMagic();
  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
  assert( hHeap!=0 );
  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE
  assert ( HeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior) );
#endif
  assert( nBytes>=0 );
  if( !pPrior ){
    p = HeapAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, (SIZE_T)nBytes);
  }else{
    p = HeapReAlloc(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, pPrior, (SIZE_T)nBytes);
  }
  if( !p ){
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to %s %u bytes (%d), heap=%p",
        pPrior ? "HeapReAlloc" : "HeapAlloc", nBytes, GetLastError(),
        (void*)hHeap);
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes.
*/
static int winMemSize(void *p){
  HANDLE hHeap;
  SIZE_T n;

  winMemAssertMagic();
  hHeap = winMemGetHeap();
  assert( hHeap!=0 );
  assert( hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE
  assert ( HeapValidate(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
#endif
  if( !p ) return 0;
  n = HeapSize(hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, p);
  if( n==(SIZE_T)-1 ){
    sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapSize block %p (%d), heap=%p",
        p, GetLastError(), (void*)hHeap);
    return 0;
  }
  return (int)n;
}

/*
** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
*/
static int winMemRoundup(int n){
  return n;
}

/*
** Initialize this module.
*/
static int winMemInit(void *pAppData){
  winMemData *pWinMemData = (winMemData *)pAppData;

  if( !pWinMemData ) return SQLITE_ERROR;
  assert( pWinMemData->magic==WINMEM_MAGIC );
  if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){
    pWinMemData->hHeap = HeapCreate(SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS,
                                    SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE,
                                    SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE);
    if( !pWinMemData->hHeap ){
      sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM,
          "failed to HeapCreate (%d), flags=%u, initSize=%u, maxSize=%u",
          GetLastError(), SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_INIT_SIZE,
          SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_MAX_SIZE);
      return SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
    pWinMemData->bOwned = TRUE;
  }
  assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=0 );
  assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE
  assert( HeapValidate(pWinMemData->hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
#endif
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Deinitialize this module.
*/
static void winMemShutdown(void *pAppData){
  winMemData *pWinMemData = (winMemData *)pAppData;

  if( !pWinMemData ) return;
  if( pWinMemData->hHeap ){
    assert( pWinMemData->hHeap!=INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE );
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC_VALIDATE
    assert( HeapValidate(pWinMemData->hHeap, SQLITE_WIN32_HEAP_FLAGS, NULL) );
#endif
    if( pWinMemData->bOwned ){
      if( !HeapDestroy(pWinMemData->hHeap) ){
        sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOMEM, "failed to HeapDestroy (%d), heap=%p",
            GetLastError(), (void*)pWinMemData->hHeap);
      }
      pWinMemData->bOwned = FALSE;
    }
    pWinMemData->hHeap = NULL;
  }
}

/*
** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The
** arguments specify the block of memory to manage.
**
** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore
** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not).
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetWin32(void){
  static const sqlite3_mem_methods winMemMethods = {
    winMemMalloc,
    winMemFree,
    winMemRealloc,
    winMemSize,
    winMemRoundup,
    winMemInit,
    winMemShutdown,
    &win_mem_data
  };
  return &winMemMethods;
}

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
  sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, sqlite3MemGetWin32());
}
#endif /* SQLITE_WIN32_MALLOC */

/*
** Convert a UTF-8 string to microsoft unicode (UTF-16?). 
**
** Space to hold the returned string is obtained from malloc.
*/
static WCHAR *utf8ToUnicode(const char *zFilename){
  int nChar;
................................................................................
/*************************************************************************
** This section contains code for WinCE only.
*/
/*
** WindowsCE does not have a localtime() function.  So create a
** substitute.
*/
/* #include <time.h> */
struct tm *__cdecl localtime(const time_t *t)
{
  static struct tm y;
  FILETIME uTm, lTm;
  SYSTEMTIME pTm;
  sqlite3_int64 t64;
  t64 = *t;
................................................................................
  SimulateIOError(return SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE);

  /* If the user has configured a chunk-size for this file, truncate the
  ** file so that it consists of an integer number of chunks (i.e. the
  ** actual file size after the operation may be larger than the requested
  ** size).
  */
  if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
    nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
  }

  /* SetEndOfFile() returns non-zero when successful, or zero when it fails. */
  if( seekWinFile(pFile, nByte) ){
    rc = winLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "winTruncate1", pFile->zPath);
  }else if( 0==SetEndOfFile(pFile->h) ){
................................................................................
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: {
      pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg;
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT: {
      if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
        sqlite3_int64 oldSz;
        int rc = winFileSize(id, &oldSz);
        if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
          sqlite3_int64 newSz = *(sqlite3_int64*)pArg;
          if( newSz>oldSz ){
            SimulateIOErrorBenign(1);
            rc = winTruncate(id, newSz);
            SimulateIOErrorBenign(0);
          }
        }
        return rc;
      }
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL: {
      int bPersist = *(int*)pArg;
      if( bPersist<0 ){
        *(int*)pArg = pFile->bPersistWal;
      }else{
................................................................................
  DWORD dwFlagsAndAttributes = 0;
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
  int isTemp = 0;
#endif
  winFile *pFile = (winFile*)id;
  void *zConverted;              /* Filename in OS encoding */
  const char *zUtf8Name = zName; /* Filename in UTF-8 encoding */
  int cnt = 0;

  /* If argument zPath is a NULL pointer, this function is required to open
  ** a temporary file. Use this buffer to store the file name in.
  */
  char zTmpname[MAX_PATH+1];     /* Buffer used to create temp filename */

  int rc = SQLITE_OK;            /* Function Return Code */
................................................................................
  /* Reports from the internet are that performance is always
  ** better if FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS is used.  Ticket #2699. */
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
  dwFlagsAndAttributes |= FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS;
#endif

  if( isNT() ){
    while( (h = CreateFileW((WCHAR*)zConverted,
                            dwDesiredAccess,
                            dwShareMode, NULL,

                            dwCreationDisposition,
                            dwFlagsAndAttributes,


                            NULL))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE &&
                            retryIoerr(&cnt) ){}
/* isNT() is 1 if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==1, so this else is never executed. 
** Since the ASCII version of these Windows API do not exist for WINCE,
** it's important to not reference them for WINCE builds.
*/
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE==0
  }else{
    while( (h = CreateFileA((char*)zConverted,
                            dwDesiredAccess,
                            dwShareMode, NULL,

                            dwCreationDisposition,
                            dwFlagsAndAttributes,


                            NULL))==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE &&
                            retryIoerr(&cnt) ){}
#endif
  }

  logIoerr(cnt);

  OSTRACE(("OPEN %d %s 0x%lx %s\n", 
           h, zName, dwDesiredAccess, 
           h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ? "failed" : "ok"));

  if( h==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ){
    pFile->lastErrno = GetLastError();
................................................................................


typedef struct PCache1 PCache1;
typedef struct PgHdr1 PgHdr1;
typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot;
typedef struct PGroup PGroup;

typedef struct PGroupBlock PGroupBlock;
typedef struct PGroupBlockList PGroupBlockList;

/* Each page cache (or PCache) belongs to a PGroup.  A PGroup is a set 
** of one or more PCaches that are able to recycle each others unpinned
** pages when they are under memory pressure.  A PGroup is an instance of
** the following object.
**
** This page cache implementation works in one of two modes:
**
................................................................................
struct PGroup {
  sqlite3_mutex *mutex;          /* MUTEX_STATIC_LRU or NULL */
  int nMaxPage;                  /* Sum of nMax for purgeable caches */
  int nMinPage;                  /* Sum of nMin for purgeable caches */
  int mxPinned;                  /* nMaxpage + 10 - nMinPage */
  int nCurrentPage;              /* Number of purgeable pages allocated */
  PgHdr1 *pLruHead, *pLruTail;   /* LRU list of unpinned pages */
#ifdef SQLITE_PAGECACHE_BLOCKALLOC
  int isBusy;                    /* Do not run ReleaseMemory() if true */
  PGroupBlockList *pBlockList;   /* List of block-lists for this group */
#endif
};

/*
** If SQLITE_PAGECACHE_BLOCKALLOC is defined when the library is built,
** each PGroup structure has a linked list of the the following starting
** at PGroup.pBlockList. There is one entry for each distinct page-size 
** currently used by members of the PGroup (i.e. 1024 bytes, 4096 bytes
** etc.). Variable PGroupBlockList.nByte is set to the actual allocation
** size requested by each pcache, which is the database page-size plus
** the various header structures used by the pcache, pager and btree layers.
** Usually around (pgsz+200) bytes.
**
** This size (pgsz+200) bytes is not allocated efficiently by some
** implementations of malloc. In particular, some implementations are only
** able to allocate blocks of memory chunks of 2^N bytes, where N is some
** integer value. Since the page-size is a power of 2, this means we
** end up wasting (pgsz-200) bytes in each allocation.
**
** If SQLITE_PAGECACHE_BLOCKALLOC is defined, the (pgsz+200) byte blocks
** are not allocated directly. Instead, blocks of roughly M*(pgsz+200) bytes 
** are requested from malloc allocator. After a block is returned,
** sqlite3MallocSize() is used to determine how many (pgsz+200) byte
** allocations can fit in the space returned by malloc(). This value may
** be more than M.
**
** The blocks are stored in a doubly-linked list. Variable PGroupBlock.nEntry
** contains the number of allocations that will fit in the aData[] space.
** nEntry is limited to the number of bits in bitmask mUsed. If a slot
** within aData is in use, the corresponding bit in mUsed is set. Thus
** when (mUsed+1==(1 << nEntry)) the block is completely full.
**
** Each time a slot within a block is freed, the block is moved to the start
** of the linked-list. And if a block becomes completely full, then it is
** moved to the end of the list. As a result, when searching for a free
** slot, only the first block in the list need be examined. If it is full,
** then it is guaranteed that all blocks are full.
*/
struct PGroupBlockList {
  int nByte;                     /* Size of each allocation in bytes */
  PGroupBlock *pFirst;           /* First PGroupBlock in list */
  PGroupBlock *pLast;            /* Last PGroupBlock in list */
  PGroupBlockList *pNext;        /* Next block-list attached to group */
};

struct PGroupBlock {
  Bitmask mUsed;                 /* Mask of used slots */
  int nEntry;                    /* Maximum number of allocations in aData[] */
  u8 *aData;                     /* Pointer to data block */
  PGroupBlock *pNext;            /* Next PGroupBlock in list */
  PGroupBlock *pPrev;            /* Previous PGroupBlock in list */
  PGroupBlockList *pList;        /* Owner list */
};

/* Minimum value for PGroupBlock.nEntry */
#define PAGECACHE_BLOCKALLOC_MINENTRY 15

/* Each page cache is an instance of the following object.  Every
** open database file (including each in-memory database and each
** temporary or transient database) has a single page cache which
** is an instance of this object.
**
** Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as 
** opaque sqlite3_pcache* handles.
................................................................................
** a pointer to a block of szPage bytes of data and the return value is
** a pointer to the associated PgHdr1 structure.
**
**   assert( PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(pCache, X))==X );
*/
#define PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(p)    (void*)(((char*)p) - p->pCache->szPage)
#define PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(c, p) (PgHdr1*)(((char*)p) + c->szPage)

/*
** Blocks used by the SQLITE_PAGECACHE_BLOCKALLOC blocks to store/retrieve 
** a PGroupBlock pointer based on a pointer to a page buffer. 
*/
#define PAGE_SET_BLOCKPTR(pCache, pPg, pBlock) \
  ( *(PGroupBlock **)&(((u8*)pPg)[sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szPage]) = pBlock )

#define PAGE_GET_BLOCKPTR(pCache, pPg) \
  ( *(PGroupBlock **)&(((u8*)pPg)[sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szPage]) )


/*
** Macros to enter and leave the PCache LRU mutex.
*/
#define pcache1EnterMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_enter((X)->mutex)
#define pcache1LeaveMutex(X) sqlite3_mutex_leave((X)->mutex)

................................................................................
    iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
    sqlite3MemdebugSetType(p, MEMTYPE_PCACHE);
    return iSize;
  }
}
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */

#ifdef SQLITE_PAGECACHE_BLOCKALLOC
/*
** The block pBlock belongs to list pList but is not currently linked in.
** Insert it into the start of the list.
*/
static void addBlockToList(PGroupBlockList *pList, PGroupBlock *pBlock){
  pBlock->pPrev = 0;
  pBlock->pNext = pList->pFirst;
  pList->pFirst = pBlock;
  if( pBlock->pNext ){
    pBlock->pNext->pPrev = pBlock;
  }else{
    assert( pList->pLast==0 );
    pList->pLast = pBlock;
  }
}

/*
** If there are no blocks in the list headed by pList, remove pList
** from the pGroup->pBlockList list and free it with sqlite3_free().
*/
static void freeListIfEmpty(PGroup *pGroup, PGroupBlockList *pList){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) );
  if( pList->pFirst==0 ){
    PGroupBlockList **pp;
    for(pp=&pGroup->pBlockList; *pp!=pList; pp=&(*pp)->pNext);
    *pp = (*pp)->pNext;
    sqlite3_free(pList);
  }
}
#endif /* SQLITE_PAGECACHE_BLOCKALLOC */

/*
** Allocate a new page object initially associated with cache pCache.
*/
static PgHdr1 *pcache1AllocPage(PCache1 *pCache){
  int nByte = sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szPage;
  void *pPg = 0;
  PgHdr1 *p;

#ifdef SQLITE_PAGECACHE_BLOCKALLOC
  PGroup *pGroup = pCache->pGroup;
  PGroupBlockList *pList;
  PGroupBlock *pBlock;
  int i;

  nByte += sizeof(PGroupBlockList *);
  nByte = ROUND8(nByte);

  for(pList=pGroup->pBlockList; pList; pList=pList->pNext){
    if( pList->nByte==nByte ) break;
  }
  if( pList==0 ){
    PGroupBlockList *pNew;
    assert( pGroup->isBusy==0 );
    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) );
    pGroup->isBusy = 1;  /* Disable sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory() */
    pNew = (PGroupBlockList *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PGroupBlockList));
    pGroup->isBusy = 0;  /* Reenable sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory() */
    if( pNew==0 ){
      /* malloc() failure. Return early. */
      return 0;
    }
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    for(pList=pGroup->pBlockList; pList; pList=pList->pNext){
      assert( pList->nByte!=nByte );
    }
#endif
    pNew->nByte = nByte;
    pNew->pNext = pGroup->pBlockList;
    pGroup->pBlockList = pNew;
    pList = pNew;
  }

  pBlock = pList->pFirst;
  if( pBlock==0 || pBlock->mUsed==(((Bitmask)1<<pBlock->nEntry)-1) ){
    int sz;

    /* Allocate a new block. Try to allocate enough space for the PGroupBlock
    ** structure and MINENTRY allocations of nByte bytes each. If the 
    ** allocator returns more memory than requested, then more than MINENTRY 
    ** allocations may fit in it. */
    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pGroup->mutex) );
    pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
    sz = sizeof(PGroupBlock) + PAGECACHE_BLOCKALLOC_MINENTRY * nByte;
    pBlock = (PGroupBlock *)sqlite3Malloc(sz);
    pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);

    if( !pBlock ){
      freeListIfEmpty(pGroup, pList);
      return 0;
    }
    pBlock->nEntry = (sqlite3MallocSize(pBlock) - sizeof(PGroupBlock)) / nByte;
    if( pBlock->nEntry>=BMS ){
      pBlock->nEntry = BMS-1;
    }
    pBlock->pList = pList;
    pBlock->mUsed = 0;
    pBlock->aData = (u8 *)&pBlock[1];
    addBlockToList(pList, pBlock);

    sz = sqlite3MallocSize(pBlock);
    sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
    sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, sz);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
  }

  for(i=0; pPg==0 && ALWAYS(i<pBlock->nEntry); i++){
    if( 0==(pBlock->mUsed & ((Bitmask)1<<i)) ){
      pBlock->mUsed |= ((Bitmask)1<<i);
      pPg = (void *)&pBlock->aData[pList->nByte * i];
    }
  }
  assert( pPg );
  PAGE_SET_BLOCKPTR(pCache, pPg, pBlock);

  /* If the block is now full, shift it to the end of the list */
  if( pBlock->mUsed==(((Bitmask)1<<pBlock->nEntry)-1) && pList->pLast!=pBlock ){
    assert( pList->pFirst==pBlock );
    assert( pBlock->pPrev==0 );
    assert( pList->pLast->pNext==0 );
    pList->pFirst = pBlock->pNext;
    pList->pFirst->pPrev = 0;
    pBlock->pPrev = pList->pLast;
    pBlock->pNext = 0;
    pList->pLast->pNext = pBlock;
    pList->pLast = pBlock;
  }
  p = PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(pCache, pPg);
  if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
    pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage++;
  }
#else
  /* The group mutex must be released before pcache1Alloc() is called. This
  ** is because it may call sqlite3_release_memory(), which assumes that 
  ** this mutex is not held. */
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
  pcache1LeaveMutex(pCache->pGroup);
  pPg = pcache1Alloc(nByte);
  pcache1EnterMutex(pCache->pGroup);
  if( pPg ){
    p = PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(pCache, pPg);
    if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
      pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage++;
    }
  }else{
    p = 0;
  }
#endif
  return p;
}

/*
** Free a page object allocated by pcache1AllocPage().
**
** The pointer is allowed to be NULL, which is prudent.  But it turns out
** that the current implementation happens to never call this routine
** with a NULL pointer, so we mark the NULL test with ALWAYS().
*/
static void pcache1FreePage(PgHdr1 *p){
  if( ALWAYS(p) ){
    PCache1 *pCache = p->pCache;
    void *pPg = PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(p);

#ifdef SQLITE_PAGECACHE_BLOCKALLOC
    PGroupBlock *pBlock = PAGE_GET_BLOCKPTR(pCache, pPg);
    PGroupBlockList *pList = pBlock->pList;
    int i = ((u8 *)pPg - pBlock->aData) / pList->nByte;

    assert( pPg==(void *)&pBlock->aData[i*pList->nByte] );
    assert( pBlock->mUsed & ((Bitmask)1<<i) );
    pBlock->mUsed &= ~((Bitmask)1<<i);

    /* Remove the block from the list. If it is completely empty, free it.
    ** Or if it is not completely empty, re-insert it at the start of the
    ** list. */
    if( pList->pFirst==pBlock ){
      pList->pFirst = pBlock->pNext;
      if( pList->pFirst ) pList->pFirst->pPrev = 0;
    }else{
      pBlock->pPrev->pNext = pBlock->pNext;
    }
    if( pList->pLast==pBlock ){
      pList->pLast = pBlock->pPrev;
      if( pList->pLast ) pList->pLast->pNext = 0;
    }else{
      pBlock->pNext->pPrev = pBlock->pPrev;
    }

    if( pBlock->mUsed==0 ){
      PGroup *pGroup = p->pCache->pGroup;

      int sz = sqlite3MallocSize(pBlock);
      sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex);
      sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, -sz);
      sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex);
      freeListIfEmpty(pGroup, pList);
      sqlite3_free(pBlock);
    }else{
      addBlockToList(pList, pBlock);
    }
#else
    assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pCache->pGroup->mutex) );
    pcache1Free(pPg);
#endif
    if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
      pCache->pGroup->nCurrentPage--;
    }

  }
}

/*
** Malloc function used by SQLite to obtain space from the buffer configured
** using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no such buffer
** exists, this function falls back to sqlite3Malloc().
................................................................................
  }

  /* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found, 
  ** attempt to allocate a new one. 
  */
  if( !pPage ){
    if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();

    pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache);

    if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
  }

  if( pPage ){
    unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash;
    pCache->nPage++;
    pPage->iKey = iKey;
................................................................................
**
** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has
** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number 
** of bytes of memory released.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int nReq){
  int nFree = 0;
#ifdef SQLITE_PAGECACHE_BLOCKALLOC
  if( pcache1.grp.isBusy ) return 0;
#endif
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.grp.mutex) );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(pcache1.mutex) );
  if( pcache1.pStart==0 ){
    PgHdr1 *p;
    pcache1EnterMutex(&pcache1.grp);
    while( (nReq<0 || nFree<nReq) && ((p=pcache1.grp.pLruTail)!=0) ){
      nFree += pcache1MemSize(PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(p));
................................................................................
  u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
  u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
  u8 ckptSyncFlags;           /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */
  u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
  u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary file */
  u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
  u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
  u8 hasSeenStress;           /* pagerStress() called one or more times */
  u8 isSorter;                /* True for a PAGER_SORTER */

  /**************************************************************************
  ** The following block contains those class members that change during
  ** routine opertion.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
  ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
  ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
  ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
................................................................................
    assert( p->noSync );
    assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 
         || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 
    );
    assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
    assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
  }

  /* A sorter is a temp file that never spills to disk and always has
  ** the doNotSpill flag set
  */
  if( p->isSorter ){
    assert( p->tempFile );
    assert( p->doNotSpill );
    assert( p->fd->pMethods==0 );
  }

  /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
  ** on the file.
  */
  assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
  assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );

................................................................................
** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 
** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
** to the caller.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){
  u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;

  assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
  disable_simulated_io_errors();
  sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
  /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
  pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
  sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp);
  pPager->pWal = 0;
................................................................................
  ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
  ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementaton it 
  ** is impossible for sqlite3PCacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==1
  ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
  ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
  ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
  */
  pPager->hasSeenStress = 1;
  if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
  if( pPager->doNotSpill ) return SQLITE_OK;
  if( pPager->doNotSyncSpill && (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  pPg->pDirty = 0;
................................................................................
  }else if( memDb ){
    pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
  }
  /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
  /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
  pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
  /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT
  if( flags & PAGER_SORTER ){
    pPager->doNotSpill = 1;
    pPager->isSorter = 1;
  }
#endif

  *ppPager = pPager;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}



................................................................................

/*
** Return true if this is an in-memory pager.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
  return MEMDB;
}

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT
/*
** Return true if the pager has seen a pagerStress callback.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3PagerUnderStress(Pager *pPager){
  assert( pPager->isSorter );
  assert( pPager->doNotSpill );
  return pPager->hasSeenStress;
}
#endif

/*
** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
**
................................................................................

  /* Only a BTREE_SINGLE database can be BTREE_UNORDERED */
  assert( (flags & BTREE_UNORDERED)==0 || (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)!=0 );

  /* A BTREE_SINGLE database is always a temporary and/or ephemeral */
  assert( (flags & BTREE_SINGLE)==0 || isTempDb );

  /* The BTREE_SORTER flag is only used if SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT is undef */
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT
  assert( (flags & BTREE_SORTER)==0 );
#endif

  /* BTREE_SORTER is always on a BTREE_SINGLE, BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL */
  assert( (flags & BTREE_SORTER)==0 ||
          (flags & (BTREE_SINGLE|BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL))
                                        ==(BTREE_SINGLE|BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL) );

  if( db->flags & SQLITE_NoReadlock ){
    flags |= BTREE_NO_READLOCK;
  }
  if( isMemdb ){
    flags |= BTREE_MEMORY;
    flags &= ~BTREE_SORTER;
  }
  if( (vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB)!=0 && (isMemdb || isTempDb) ){
    vfsFlags = (vfsFlags & ~SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB) | SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_DB;
  }
  p = sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Btree));
  if( !p ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
................................................................................
    nCell = pPage->nCell;

    for(i=0; i<nCell; i++){
      u8 *pCell = findCell(pPage, i);
      if( eType==PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 ){
        CellInfo info;
        btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
        if( info.iOverflow
         && pCell+info.iOverflow+3<=pPage->aData+pPage->maskPage
         && iFrom==get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow])
        ){
          put4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow], iTo);
          break;

        }
      }else{
        if( get4byte(pCell)==iFrom ){
          put4byte(pCell, iTo);
          break;
        }
      }
................................................................................
  assert( wrFlag==0 || p->inTrans==TRANS_WRITE );
  assert( pBt->pPage1 && pBt->pPage1->aData );

  if( NEVER(wrFlag && pBt->readOnly) ){
    return SQLITE_READONLY;
  }
  if( iTable==1 && btreePagecount(pBt)==0 ){
    assert( wrFlag==0 );
    iTable = 0;
  }

  /* Now that no other errors can occur, finish filling in the BtCursor
  ** variables and link the cursor into the BtShared list.  */
  pCur->pgnoRoot = (Pgno)iTable;
  pCur->iPage = -1;
  pCur->pKeyInfo = pKeyInfo;
................................................................................

  if( pCur->iPage>=0 ){
    int i;
    for(i=1; i<=pCur->iPage; i++){
      releasePage(pCur->apPage[i]);
    }
    pCur->iPage = 0;
  }else if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){
    pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }else{
    rc = getAndInitPage(pBt, pCur->pgnoRoot, &pCur->apPage[0]);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      pCur->eState = CURSOR_INVALID;
      return rc;
    }
    pCur->iPage = 0;
................................................................................
  int rc;

  assert( cursorHoldsMutex(pCur) );
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCur->pBtree->db->mutex) );
  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
      assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
      *pRes = 1;
    }else{
      assert( pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 );
      *pRes = 0;
      rc = moveToLeftmost(pCur);
    }
  }
................................................................................
#endif
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    if( CURSOR_INVALID==pCur->eState ){
      assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
      *pRes = 1;
    }else{
      assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_VALID );
      *pRes = 0;
      rc = moveToRightmost(pCur);
      pCur->atLast = rc==SQLITE_OK ?1:0;
    }
................................................................................
    }
  }

  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);
  if( rc ){
    return rc;
  }
  assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage] );
  assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->isInit );
  assert( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell>0 );
  if( pCur->eState==CURSOR_INVALID ){
    *pRes = -1;
    assert( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 || pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage]->nCell==0 );
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  assert( pCur->apPage[0]->intKey || pIdxKey );
  for(;;){
    int lwr, upr, idx;
    Pgno chldPg;
    MemPage *pPage = pCur->apPage[pCur->iPage];
................................................................................
  u32 ovflPageSize;

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pPage->pBt->mutex) );
  btreeParseCellPtr(pPage, pCell, &info);
  if( info.iOverflow==0 ){
    return SQLITE_OK;  /* No overflow pages. Return without doing anything */
  }
  if( pCell+info.iOverflow+3 > pPage->aData+pPage->maskPage ){
    return SQLITE_CORRUPT;  /* Cell extends past end of page */
  }
  ovflPgno = get4byte(&pCell[info.iOverflow]);
  assert( pBt->usableSize > 4 );
  ovflPageSize = pBt->usableSize - 4;
  nOvfl = (info.nPayload - info.nLocal + ovflPageSize - 1)/ovflPageSize;
  assert( ovflPgno==0 || nOvfl>0 );
  while( nOvfl-- ){
    Pgno iNext = 0;
................................................................................
    */
    zeroPage(pPage, PTF_INTKEY|PTF_LEAF );
    releasePage(pPage);
  }
  return rc;  
}
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree *p, int iTable, int *piMoved){
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  int rc;
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
  if( (pBt->openFlags&BTREE_SINGLE) ){
    pBt->nPage = 0;
    sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pBt->pPager, 1);
    rc = newDatabase(pBt);
  }else{
    rc = btreeDropTable(p, iTable, piMoved);
  }
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  return rc;
}


/*
** This function may only be called if the b-tree connection already
................................................................................
** SQLITE_OK is returned if the operation is successfully executed. 
** Otherwise, if an error is encountered (i.e. an IO error or database
** corruption) an SQLite error code is returned.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *pCur, i64 *pnEntry){
  i64 nEntry = 0;                      /* Value to return in *pnEntry */
  int rc;                              /* Return code */

  if( pCur->pgnoRoot==0 ){
    *pnEntry = 0;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
  rc = moveToRoot(pCur);

  /* Unless an error occurs, the following loop runs one iteration for each
  ** page in the B-Tree structure (not including overflow pages). 
  */
  while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    int iIdx;                          /* Index of child node in parent */
................................................................................
** "write version" (single byte at byte offset 19) fields in the database
** header to iVersion.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(Btree *pBtree, int iVersion){
  BtShared *pBt = pBtree->pBt;
  int rc;                         /* Return code */
 

  assert( iVersion==1 || iVersion==2 );

  /* If setting the version fields to 1, do not automatically open the
  ** WAL connection, even if the version fields are currently set to 2.
  */
  pBt->doNotUseWAL = (u8)(iVersion==1);

................................................................................
    }
  
    /* Update the schema version field in the destination database. This
    ** is to make sure that the schema-version really does change in
    ** the case where the source and destination databases have the
    ** same schema version.
    */
    if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
      rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p->pDest,1,p->iDestSchema+1);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){


        if( p->pDestDb ){
          sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(p->pDestDb, -1);
        }
        if( destMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
          rc = sqlite3BtreeSetVersion(p->pDest, 2);
        }
      }
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        int nDestTruncate;
        /* Set nDestTruncate to the final number of pages in the destination
        ** database. The complication here is that the destination page
        ** size may be different to the source page size. 
        **
        ** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size, 
        ** round up. In this case the call to sqlite3OsTruncate() below will
        ** fix the size of the file. However it is important to call
        ** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the 
        ** destination file that lie beyond the nDestTruncate page mark are
        ** journalled by PagerCommitPhaseOne() before they are destroyed
        ** by the file truncation.
        */
        assert( pgszSrc==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc) );
        assert( pgszDest==sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest) );
        if( pgszSrc<pgszDest ){
          int ratio = pgszDest/pgszSrc;
          nDestTruncate = (nSrcPage+ratio-1)/ratio;
          if( nDestTruncate==(int)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ){
            nDestTruncate--;
          }
        }else{
          nDestTruncate = nSrcPage * (pgszSrc/pgszDest);
        }
        sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pDestPager, nDestTruncate);

        if( pgszSrc<pgszDest ){
          /* If the source page-size is smaller than the destination page-size,
          ** two extra things may need to happen:
          **
          **   * The destination may need to be truncated, and
          **
          **   * Data stored on the pages immediately following the 
          **     pending-byte page in the source database may need to be
          **     copied into the destination database.
          */
          const i64 iSize = (i64)pgszSrc * (i64)nSrcPage;
          sqlite3_file * const pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pDestPager);
          i64 iOff;
          i64 iEnd;

          assert( pFile );
          assert( (i64)nDestTruncate*(i64)pgszDest >= iSize || (
                nDestTruncate==(int)(PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt)-1)
             && iSize>=PENDING_BYTE && iSize<=PENDING_BYTE+pgszDest
          ));

          /* This call ensures that all data required to recreate the original
          ** database has been stored in the journal for pDestPager and the
          ** journal synced to disk. So at this point we may safely modify
          ** the database file in any way, knowing that if a power failure
          ** occurs, the original database will be reconstructed from the 
          ** journal file.  */
          rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 1);

          /* Write the extra pages and truncate the database file as required */
          iEnd = MIN(PENDING_BYTE + pgszDest, iSize);
          for(
            iOff=PENDING_BYTE+pgszSrc; 
            rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd; 
            iOff+=pgszSrc
          ){
            PgHdr *pSrcPg = 0;
            const Pgno iSrcPg = (Pgno)((iOff/pgszSrc)+1);
            rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg);
            if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
              u8 *zData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg);
              rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pFile, zData, pgszSrc, iOff);
            }
            sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg);
          }
          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
            rc = backupTruncateFile(pFile, iSize);
          }

          /* Sync the database file to disk. */
          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
            rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pDestPager);
          }
        }else{
          rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 0);
        }
    
        /* Finish committing the transaction to the destination database. */
        if( SQLITE_OK==rc
         && SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pDest, 0))
        ){
          rc = SQLITE_DONE;
        }
      }
    }
  
    /* If bCloseTrans is true, then this function opened a read transaction
    ** on the source database. Close the read transaction here. There is
    ** no need to check the return values of the btree methods here, as
    ** "committing" a read-only transaction cannot fail.
................................................................................
/*
** If the memory cell contains a string value that must be freed by
** invoking an external callback, free it now. Calling this function
** does not free any Mem.zMalloc buffer.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p){
  assert( p->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );





  if( p->flags&MEM_Agg ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(p, p->u.pDef);
    assert( (p->flags & MEM_Agg)==0 );
    sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(p);
  }else if( p->flags&MEM_Dyn && p->xDel ){
    assert( (p->flags&MEM_RowSet)==0 );
    p->xDel((void *)p->z);
    p->xDel = 0;
  }else if( p->flags&MEM_RowSet ){
    sqlite3RowSetClear(p->u.pRowSet);
  }else if( p->flags&MEM_Frame ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(p);

  }
}

/*
** Release any memory held by the Mem. This may leave the Mem in an
** inconsistent state, for example with (Mem.z==0) and
** (Mem.type==SQLITE_TEXT).
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p){
  MemReleaseExt(p);
  sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zMalloc);
  p->z = 0;
  p->zMalloc = 0;
  p->xDel = 0;
}

/*
................................................................................
** Make an shallow copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of
** pTo are freed.  The pFrom->z field is not duplicated.  If
** pFrom->z is used, then pTo->z points to the same thing as pFrom->z
** and flags gets srcType (either MEM_Ephem or MEM_Static).
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom, int srcType){
  assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  MemReleaseExt(pTo);
  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
  pTo->xDel = 0;
  if( (pFrom->flags&MEM_Static)==0 ){
    pTo->flags &= ~(MEM_Dyn|MEM_Static|MEM_Ephem);
    assert( srcType==MEM_Ephem || srcType==MEM_Static );
    pTo->flags |= srcType;
  }
................................................................................
** Make a full copy of pFrom into pTo.  Prior contents of pTo are
** freed before the copy is made.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem *pTo, const Mem *pFrom){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  assert( (pFrom->flags & MEM_RowSet)==0 );
  MemReleaseExt(pTo);
  memcpy(pTo, pFrom, MEMCELLSIZE);
  pTo->flags &= ~MEM_Dyn;

  if( pTo->flags&(MEM_Str|MEM_Blob) ){
    if( 0==(pFrom->flags&MEM_Static) ){
      pTo->flags |= MEM_Ephem;
      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pTo);
................................................................................
    }else if( opcode==OP_VFilter ){
      int n;
      assert( p->nOp - i >= 3 );
      assert( pOp[-1].opcode==OP_Integer );
      n = pOp[-1].p1;
      if( n>nMaxArgs ) nMaxArgs = n;
#endif
    }else if( opcode==OP_Next ){
      pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreeNext;
      pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE;
    }else if( opcode==OP_Prev ){
      pOp->p4.xAdvance = sqlite3BtreePrevious;
      pOp->p4type = P4_ADVANCE;
    }

    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_JUMP)!=0 && pOp->p2<0 ){
      assert( -1-pOp->p2<p->nLabel );
      pOp->p2 = aLabel[-1-pOp->p2];
    }
  }
................................................................................

/*
** Change the value of the P1 operand for a specific instruction.
** This routine is useful when a large program is loaded from a
** static array using sqlite3VdbeAddOpList but we want to make a
** few minor changes to the program.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){
  assert( p!=0 );
  if( ((u32)p->nOp)>addr ){

    p->aOp[addr].p1 = val;
  }
}

/*
** Change the value of the P2 operand for a specific instruction.
** This routine is useful for setting a jump destination.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){
  assert( p!=0 );
  if( ((u32)p->nOp)>addr ){

    p->aOp[addr].p2 = val;
  }
}

/*
** Change the value of the P3 operand for a specific instruction.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe *p, u32 addr, int val){
  assert( p!=0 );
  if( ((u32)p->nOp)>addr ){

    p->aOp[addr].p3 = val;
  }
}

/*
** Change the value of the P5 operand for the most recently
** added operation.
................................................................................
    case P4_INTARRAY: {
      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "intarray");
      break;
    }
    case P4_SUBPROGRAM: {
      sqlite3_snprintf(nTemp, zTemp, "program");
      break;
    }
    case P4_ADVANCE: {
      zTemp[0] = 0;
      break;
    }
    default: {
      zP4 = pOp->p4.z;
      if( zP4==0 ){
        zP4 = zTemp;
        zTemp[0] = 0;
      }
................................................................................
** Close a VDBE cursor and release all the resources that cursor 
** happens to hold.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *p, VdbeCursor *pCx){
  if( pCx==0 ){
    return;
  }
  sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(p->db, pCx);
  if( pCx->pBt ){
    sqlite3BtreeClose(pCx->pBt);
    /* The pCx->pCursor will be close automatically, if it exists, by
    ** the call above. */
  }else if( pCx->pCursor ){
    sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCx->pCursor);
  }
................................................................................

/*
** Call sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob() on the supplied value (type Mem*)
** P if required.
*/
#define ExpandBlob(P) (((P)->flags&MEM_Zero)?sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(P):0)

/* Return true if the cursor was opened using the OP_OpenSorter opcode. */
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT
# define isSorter(x) 0
#else
# define isSorter(x) ((x)->pSorter!=0)
#endif

/*
** Argument pMem points at a register that will be passed to a
** user-defined function or returned to the user as the result of a query.
** This routine sets the pMem->type variable used by the sqlite3_value_*() 
** routines.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeMemStoreType(Mem *pMem){
................................................................................
      Mem sMem;          /* For storing the record being decoded */
      u8 *zIdx;          /* Index into header */
      u8 *zEndHdr;       /* Pointer to first byte after the header */
      u32 offset;        /* Offset into the data */
      u32 szField;       /* Number of bytes in the content of a field */
      int szHdr;         /* Size of the header size field at start of record */
      int avail;         /* Number of bytes of available data */
      u32 t;             /* A type code from the record header */
      Mem *pReg;         /* PseudoTable input register */
    } am;
    struct OP_Affinity_stack_vars {
      const char *zAffinity;   /* The affinity to be applied */
      char cAff;               /* A single character of affinity */
    } an;
    struct OP_MakeRecord_stack_vars {
................................................................................
    struct OP_Rewind_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pC;
      BtCursor *pCrsr;
      int res;
    } bl;
    struct OP_Next_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pC;

      int res;
    } bm;
    struct OP_IdxInsert_stack_vars {
      VdbeCursor *pC;
      BtCursor *pCrsr;
      int nKey;
      const char *zKey;
................................................................................
    */
    assert( pOp->opflags==sqlite3OpcodeProperty[pOp->opcode] );
    if( pOp->opflags & OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE ){
      assert( pOp->p2>0 );
      assert( pOp->p2<=p->nMem );
      pOut = &aMem[pOp->p2];
      memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
      MemReleaseExt(pOut);
      pOut->flags = MEM_Int;
    }

    /* Sanity checking on other operands */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    if( (pOp->opflags & OPFLG_IN1)!=0 ){
      assert( pOp->p1>0 );
................................................................................
    assert( pOut<=&aMem[p->nMem] );
    assert( pIn1<=&aMem[p->nMem] );
    assert( memIsValid(pIn1) );
    memAboutToChange(p, pOut);
    u.ac.zMalloc = pOut->zMalloc;
    pOut->zMalloc = 0;
    sqlite3VdbeMemMove(pOut, pIn1);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    if( pOut->pScopyFrom>=&aMem[u.ac.p1] && pOut->pScopyFrom<&aMem[u.ac.p1+pOp->p3] ){
      pOut->pScopyFrom += u.ac.p1 - pOp->p2;
    }
#endif
    pIn1->zMalloc = u.ac.zMalloc;
    REGISTER_TRACE(u.ac.p2++, pOut);
    pIn1++;
    pOut++;
  }
  break;
}
................................................................................
  Mem sMem;          /* For storing the record being decoded */
  u8 *zIdx;          /* Index into header */
  u8 *zEndHdr;       /* Pointer to first byte after the header */
  u32 offset;        /* Offset into the data */
  u32 szField;       /* Number of bytes in the content of a field */
  int szHdr;         /* Size of the header size field at start of record */
  int avail;         /* Number of bytes of available data */
  u32 t;             /* A type code from the record header */
  Mem *pReg;         /* PseudoTable input register */
#endif /* local variables moved into u.am */


  u.am.p1 = pOp->p1;
  u.am.p2 = pOp->p2;
  u.am.pC = 0;
  memset(&u.am.sMem, 0, sizeof(u.am.sMem));
  assert( u.am.p1<p->nCursor );
  assert( pOp->p3>0 && pOp->p3<=p->nMem );
  u.am.pDest = &aMem[pOp->p3];
  memAboutToChange(p, u.am.pDest);

  u.am.zRec = 0;

  /* This block sets the variable u.am.payloadSize to be the total number of
  ** bytes in the record.
  **
  ** u.am.zRec is set to be the complete text of the record if it is available.
  ** The complete record text is always available for pseudo-tables
................................................................................
      assert( (u.am.payloadSize64 & SQLITE_MAX_U32)==(u64)u.am.payloadSize64 );
      u.am.payloadSize = (u32)u.am.payloadSize64;
    }else{
      assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.am.pCrsr) );
      rc = sqlite3BtreeDataSize(u.am.pCrsr, &u.am.payloadSize);
      assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );   /* DataSize() cannot fail */
    }
  }else if( ALWAYS(u.am.pC->pseudoTableReg>0) ){
    u.am.pReg = &aMem[u.am.pC->pseudoTableReg];
    assert( u.am.pReg->flags & MEM_Blob );
    assert( memIsValid(u.am.pReg) );
    u.am.payloadSize = u.am.pReg->n;
    u.am.zRec = u.am.pReg->z;
    u.am.pC->cacheStatus = (pOp->p5&OPFLAG_CLEARCACHE) ? CACHE_STALE : p->cacheCtr;
    assert( u.am.payloadSize==0 || u.am.zRec!=0 );
  }else{
    /* Consider the row to be NULL */
    u.am.payloadSize = 0;
  }

  /* If u.am.payloadSize is 0, then just store a NULL.  This can happen because of
  ** nullRow or because of a corrupt database. */
  if( u.am.payloadSize==0 ){

    MemSetTypeFlag(u.am.pDest, MEM_Null);
    goto op_column_out;
  }
  assert( db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]>=0 );
  if( u.am.payloadSize > (u32)db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
    goto too_big;
  }

................................................................................
    ** arrays.  u.am.aType[u.am.i] will contain the type integer for the u.am.i-th
    ** column and u.am.aOffset[u.am.i] will contain the u.am.offset from the beginning
    ** of the record to the start of the data for the u.am.i-th column
    */
    for(u.am.i=0; u.am.i<u.am.nField; u.am.i++){
      if( u.am.zIdx<u.am.zEndHdr ){
        u.am.aOffset[u.am.i] = u.am.offset;
        if( u.am.zIdx[0]<0x80 ){
          u.am.t = u.am.zIdx[0];
          u.am.zIdx++;
        }else{
          u.am.zIdx += sqlite3GetVarint32(u.am.zIdx, &u.am.t);
        }
        u.am.aType[u.am.i] = u.am.t;
        u.am.szField = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u.am.t);
        u.am.offset += u.am.szField;
        if( u.am.offset<u.am.szField ){  /* True if u.am.offset overflows */
          u.am.zIdx = &u.am.zEndHdr[1];  /* Forces SQLITE_CORRUPT return below */
          break;
        }
      }else{
        /* If u.am.i is less that u.am.nField, then there are less fields in this
................................................................................
  ** then there are not enough fields in the record to satisfy the
  ** request.  In this case, set the value NULL or to P4 if P4 is
  ** a pointer to a Mem object.
  */
  if( u.am.aOffset[u.am.p2] ){
    assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
    if( u.am.zRec ){
      MemReleaseExt(u.am.pDest);
      sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8 *)&u.am.zRec[u.am.aOffset[u.am.p2]], u.am.aType[u.am.p2], u.am.pDest);
    }else{
      u.am.len = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u.am.aType[u.am.p2]);
      sqlite3VdbeMemMove(&u.am.sMem, u.am.pDest);
      rc = sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(u.am.pCrsr, u.am.aOffset[u.am.p2], u.am.len, u.am.pC->isIndex, &u.am.sMem);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
        goto op_column_out;
................................................................................
      sqlite3VdbeSerialGet((u8*)u.am.zData, u.am.aType[u.am.p2], u.am.pDest);
    }
    u.am.pDest->enc = encoding;
  }else{
    if( pOp->p4type==P4_MEM ){
      sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(u.am.pDest, pOp->p4.pMem, MEM_Static);
    }else{
      MemSetTypeFlag(u.am.pDest, MEM_Null);
    }
  }

  /* If we dynamically allocated space to hold the data (in the
  ** sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree() call above) then transfer control of that
  ** dynamically allocated space over to the u.am.pDest structure.
  ** This prevents a memory copy.
................................................................................
case OP_Count: {         /* out2-prerelease */
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ap */
  i64 nEntry;
  BtCursor *pCrsr;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.ap */

  u.ap.pCrsr = p->apCsr[pOp->p1]->pCursor;
  if( ALWAYS(u.ap.pCrsr) ){
    rc = sqlite3BtreeCount(u.ap.pCrsr, &u.ap.nEntry);
  }else{
    u.ap.nEntry = 0;
  }
  pOut->u.i = u.ap.nEntry;
  break;
}
................................................................................
  u.aw.pCur = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, u.aw.nField, u.aw.iDb, 1);
  if( u.aw.pCur==0 ) goto no_mem;
  u.aw.pCur->nullRow = 1;
  u.aw.pCur->isOrdered = 1;
  rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(u.aw.pX, u.aw.p2, u.aw.wrFlag, u.aw.pKeyInfo, u.aw.pCur->pCursor);
  u.aw.pCur->pKeyInfo = u.aw.pKeyInfo;

  /* Since it performs no memory allocation or IO, the only value that
  ** sqlite3BtreeCursor() may return is SQLITE_OK. */



  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );




  /* Set the VdbeCursor.isTable and isIndex variables. Previous versions of
  ** SQLite used to check if the root-page flags were sane at this point
  ** and report database corruption if they were not, but this check has
  ** since moved into the btree layer.  */
  u.aw.pCur->isTable = pOp->p4type!=P4_KEYINFO;
  u.aw.pCur->isIndex = !u.aw.pCur->isTable;
  break;
}

/* Opcode: OpenEphemeral P1 P2 * P4 P5
**
** Open a new cursor P1 to a transient table.
** The cursor is always opened read/write even if 
** the main database is read-only.  The ephemeral
** table is deleted automatically when the cursor is closed.
**
** P2 is the number of columns in the ephemeral table.
................................................................................
** that defines the format of keys in the index.
**
** This opcode was once called OpenTemp.  But that created
** confusion because the term "temp table", might refer either
** to a TEMP table at the SQL level, or to a table opened by
** this opcode.  Then this opcode was call OpenVirtual.  But
** that created confusion with the whole virtual-table idea.
**
** The P5 parameter can be a mask of the BTREE_* flags defined
** in btree.h.  These flags control aspects of the operation of
** the btree.  The BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL and BTREE_SINGLE flags are
** added automatically.
*/
/* Opcode: OpenAutoindex P1 P2 * P4 *
**
** This opcode works the same as OP_OpenEphemeral.  It has a
** different name to distinguish its use.  Tables created using
** by this opcode will be used for automatically created transient
** indices in joins.
*/
/* Opcode: OpenSorter P1 P2 * P4 *
**
** This opcode works like OP_OpenEphemeral except that it opens
** a transient index that is specifically designed to sort large
** tables using an external merge-sort algorithm.
*/
case OP_OpenSorter: 
case OP_OpenAutoindex: 
case OP_OpenEphemeral: {
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.ax */
  VdbeCursor *pCx;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.ax */
  static const int vfsFlags =
      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE |
      SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
      SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE |
      SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE |
      SQLITE_OPEN_TRANSIENT_DB;

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 );
  assert( (pOp->opcode==OP_OpenSorter)==((pOp->p5 & BTREE_SORTER)!=0) );
  u.ax.pCx = allocateCursor(p, pOp->p1, pOp->p2, -1, 1);
  if( u.ax.pCx==0 ) goto no_mem;
  u.ax.pCx->nullRow = 1;
  rc = sqlite3BtreeOpen(db->pVfs, 0, db, &u.ax.pCx->pBt,
                        BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL | BTREE_SINGLE | pOp->p5, vfsFlags);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(u.ax.pCx->pBt, 1);
................................................................................
    }else{
      rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(u.ax.pCx->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 1, 0, u.ax.pCx->pCursor);
      u.ax.pCx->isTable = 1;
    }
  }
  u.ax.pCx->isOrdered = (pOp->p5!=BTREE_UNORDERED);
  u.ax.pCx->isIndex = !u.ax.pCx->isTable;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pOp->opcode==OP_OpenSorter ){
    rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(db, u.ax.pCx);
  }
#endif
  break;
}

/* Opcode: OpenPseudo P1 P2 P3 * *
**
** Open a new cursor that points to a fake table that contains a single
** row of data.  The content of that one row in the content of memory
................................................................................
  u.az.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.az.pC!=0 );
  assert( u.az.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
  assert( OP_SeekLe == OP_SeekLt+1 );
  assert( OP_SeekGe == OP_SeekLt+2 );
  assert( OP_SeekGt == OP_SeekLt+3 );
  assert( u.az.pC->isOrdered );
  if( ALWAYS(u.az.pC->pCursor!=0) ){
    u.az.oc = pOp->opcode;
    u.az.pC->nullRow = 0;
    if( u.az.pC->isTable ){
      /* The input value in P3 might be of any type: integer, real, string,
      ** blob, or NULL.  But it needs to be an integer before we can do
      ** the seek, so covert it. */
      pIn3 = &aMem[pOp->p3];
................................................................................
  assert( pIn3->flags & MEM_Int );
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  u.bd.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.bd.pC!=0 );
  assert( u.bd.pC->isTable );
  assert( u.bd.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );
  u.bd.pCrsr = u.bd.pC->pCursor;
  if( ALWAYS(u.bd.pCrsr!=0) ){
    u.bd.res = 0;
    u.bd.iKey = pIn3->u.i;
    rc = sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(u.bd.pCrsr, 0, u.bd.iKey, 0, &u.bd.res);
    u.bd.pC->lastRowid = pIn3->u.i;
    u.bd.pC->rowidIsValid = u.bd.res==0 ?1:0;
    u.bd.pC->nullRow = 0;
    u.bd.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
................................................................................
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  u.bh.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.bh.pC->isTable || pOp->opcode==OP_RowKey );
  assert( u.bh.pC->isIndex || pOp->opcode==OP_RowData );
  assert( u.bh.pC!=0 );
  assert( u.bh.pC->nullRow==0 );
  assert( u.bh.pC->pseudoTableReg==0 );

  if( isSorter(u.bh.pC) ){
    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_RowKey );
    rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(u.bh.pC, pOut);
    break;
  }

  assert( u.bh.pC->pCursor!=0 );
  u.bh.pCrsr = u.bh.pC->pCursor;
  assert( sqlite3BtreeCursorIsValid(u.bh.pCrsr) );

  /* The OP_RowKey and OP_RowData opcodes always follow OP_NotExists or
  ** OP_Rewind/Op_Next with no intervening instructions that might invalidate
  ** the cursor.  Hence the following sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto() call is always
................................................................................
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bj */

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  u.bj.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.bj.pC!=0 );
  u.bj.pC->nullRow = 1;
  u.bj.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
  assert( u.bj.pC->pCursor || u.bj.pC->pVtabCursor );
  if( u.bj.pC->pCursor ){
    sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(u.bj.pC->pCursor);
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Last P1 P2 * * *
................................................................................
  int res;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bk */

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  u.bk.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.bk.pC!=0 );
  u.bk.pCrsr = u.bk.pC->pCursor;
  if( NEVER(u.bk.pCrsr==0) ){
    u.bk.res = 1;
  }else{
    rc = sqlite3BtreeLast(u.bk.pCrsr, &u.bk.res);
  }
  u.bk.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bk.res;
  u.bk.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
  u.bk.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
................................................................................
  int res;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bl */

  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  u.bl.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  assert( u.bl.pC!=0 );
  u.bl.res = 1;
  if( isSorter(u.bl.pC) ){
    rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(db, u.bl.pC, &u.bl.res);
  }else{
    u.bl.pCrsr = u.bl.pC->pCursor;
    assert( u.bl.pCrsr );
    rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(u.bl.pCrsr, &u.bl.res);
    u.bl.pC->atFirst = u.bl.res==0 ?1:0;
    u.bl.pC->deferredMoveto = 0;
    u.bl.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
    u.bl.pC->rowidIsValid = 0;
  }
  u.bl.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bl.res;
................................................................................
  assert( pOp->p2>0 && pOp->p2<p->nOp );
  if( u.bl.res ){
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: Next P1 P2 * P4 P5
**
** Advance cursor P1 so that it points to the next key/data pair in its
** table or index.  If there are no more key/value pairs then fall through
** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor advance was successful,
** jump immediately to P2.
**
** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.
**
** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to
** sqlite3BtreeNext().
**
** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
**
** See also: Prev
*/
/* Opcode: Prev P1 P2 * * P5
................................................................................
**
** Back up cursor P1 so that it points to the previous key/data pair in its
** table or index.  If there is no previous key/value pairs then fall through
** to the following instruction.  But if the cursor backup was successful,
** jump immediately to P2.
**
** The P1 cursor must be for a real table, not a pseudo-table.
**
** P4 is always of type P4_ADVANCE. The function pointer points to
** sqlite3BtreePrevious().
**
** If P5 is positive and the jump is taken, then event counter
** number P5-1 in the prepared statement is incremented.
*/
case OP_Prev:          /* jump */
case OP_Next: {        /* jump */
#if 0  /* local variables moved into u.bm */
  VdbeCursor *pC;

  int res;
#endif /* local variables moved into u.bm */

  CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPT;
  assert( pOp->p1>=0 && pOp->p1<p->nCursor );
  assert( pOp->p5<=ArraySize(p->aCounter) );
  u.bm.pC = p->apCsr[pOp->p1];
  if( u.bm.pC==0 ){
    break;  /* See ticket #2273 */
  }
  if( isSorter(u.bm.pC) ){
    assert( pOp->opcode==OP_Next );
    rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(db, u.bm.pC, &u.bm.res);
  }else{

    u.bm.res = 1;
    assert( u.bm.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
    assert( u.bm.pC->pCursor );
    assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Next || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreeNext );
    assert( pOp->opcode!=OP_Prev || pOp->p4.xAdvance==sqlite3BtreePrevious );
    rc = pOp->p4.xAdvance(u.bm.pC->pCursor, &u.bm.res);
  }
  u.bm.pC->nullRow = (u8)u.bm.res;
  u.bm.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
  if( u.bm.res==0 ){
    pc = pOp->p2 - 1;
    if( pOp->p5 ) p->aCounter[pOp->p5-1]++;
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
    sqlite3_search_count++;
................................................................................
  u.bn.pCrsr = u.bn.pC->pCursor;
  if( ALWAYS(u.bn.pCrsr!=0) ){
    assert( u.bn.pC->isTable==0 );
    rc = ExpandBlob(pIn2);
    if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
      u.bn.nKey = pIn2->n;
      u.bn.zKey = pIn2->z;
      rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(db, u.bn.pC, u.bn.nKey);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = sqlite3BtreeInsert(u.bn.pCrsr, u.bn.zKey, u.bn.nKey, "", 0, 0, pOp->p3,
            ((pOp->p5 & OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT) ? u.bn.pC->seekResult : 0)
        );
        assert( u.bn.pC->deferredMoveto==0 );
      }
      u.bn.pC->cacheStatus = CACHE_STALE;
    }
  }
  break;
}

/* Opcode: IdxDelete P1 P2 P3 * *
................................................................................
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}

#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */

/************** End of vdbeblob.c ********************************************/
/************** Begin file vdbesort.c ****************************************/
/*
** 2011 July 9
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
**    May you do good and not evil.
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code for the VdbeSorter object, used in concert with
** a VdbeCursor to sort large numbers of keys (as may be required, for
** example, by CREATE INDEX statements on tables too large to fit in main
** memory).
*/


#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT

typedef struct VdbeSorterIter VdbeSorterIter;

/*
** NOTES ON DATA STRUCTURE USED FOR N-WAY MERGES:
**
** As keys are added to the sorter, they are written to disk in a series
** of sorted packed-memory-arrays (PMAs). The size of each PMA is roughly
** the same as the cache-size allowed for temporary databases. In order
** to allow the caller to extract keys from the sorter in sorted order,
** all PMAs currently stored on disk must be merged together. This comment
** describes the data structure used to do so. The structure supports 
** merging any number of arrays in a single pass with no redundant comparison 
** operations.
**
** The aIter[] array contains an iterator for each of the PMAs being merged.
** An aIter[] iterator either points to a valid key or else is at EOF. For 
** the purposes of the paragraphs below, we assume that the array is actually 
** N elements in size, where N is the smallest power of 2 greater to or equal 
** to the number of iterators being merged. The extra aIter[] elements are 
** treated as if they are empty (always at EOF).
**
** The aTree[] array is also N elements in size. The value of N is stored in
** the VdbeSorter.nTree variable.
**
** The final (N/2) elements of aTree[] contain the results of comparing
** pairs of iterator keys together. Element i contains the result of 
** comparing aIter[2*i-N] and aIter[2*i-N+1]. Whichever key is smaller, the
** aTree element is set to the index of it. 
**
** For the purposes of this comparison, EOF is considered greater than any
** other key value. If the keys are equal (only possible with two EOF
** values), it doesn't matter which index is stored.
**
** The (N/4) elements of aTree[] that preceed the final (N/2) described 
** above contains the index of the smallest of each block of 4 iterators.
** And so on. So that aTree[1] contains the index of the iterator that 
** currently points to the smallest key value. aTree[0] is unused.
**
** Example:
**
**     aIter[0] -> Banana
**     aIter[1] -> Feijoa
**     aIter[2] -> Elderberry
**     aIter[3] -> Currant
**     aIter[4] -> Grapefruit
**     aIter[5] -> Apple
**     aIter[6] -> Durian
**     aIter[7] -> EOF
**
**     aTree[] = { X, 5   0, 5    0, 3, 5, 6 }
**
** The current element is "Apple" (the value of the key indicated by 
** iterator 5). When the Next() operation is invoked, iterator 5 will
** be advanced to the next key in its segment. Say the next key is
** "Eggplant":
**
**     aIter[5] -> Eggplant
**
** The contents of aTree[] are updated first by comparing the new iterator
** 5 key to the current key of iterator 4 (still "Grapefruit"). The iterator
** 5 value is still smaller, so aTree[6] is set to 5. And so on up the tree.
** The value of iterator 6 - "Durian" - is now smaller than that of iterator
** 5, so aTree[3] is set to 6. Key 0 is smaller than key 6 (Banana<Durian),
** so the value written into element 1 of the array is 0. As follows:
**
**     aTree[] = { X, 0   0, 6    0, 3, 5, 6 }
**
** In other words, each time we advance to the next sorter element, log2(N)
** key comparison operations are required, where N is the number of segments
** being merged (rounded up to the next power of 2).
*/
struct VdbeSorter {
  int nWorking;                   /* Start a new b-tree after this many pages */
  int nBtree;                     /* Current size of b-tree contents as PMA */
  int nTree;                      /* Used size of aTree/aIter (power of 2) */
  VdbeSorterIter *aIter;          /* Array of iterators to merge */
  int *aTree;                     /* Current state of incremental merge */
  i64 iWriteOff;                  /* Current write offset within file pTemp1 */
  i64 iReadOff;                   /* Current read offset within file pTemp1 */
  sqlite3_file *pTemp1;           /* PMA file 1 */
  int nPMA;                       /* Number of PMAs stored in pTemp1 */
};

/*
** The following type is an iterator for a PMA. It caches the current key in 
** variables nKey/aKey. If the iterator is at EOF, pFile==0.
*/
struct VdbeSorterIter {
  i64 iReadOff;                   /* Current read offset */
  i64 iEof;                       /* 1 byte past EOF for this iterator */
  sqlite3_file *pFile;            /* File iterator is reading from */
  int nAlloc;                     /* Bytes of space at aAlloc */
  u8 *aAlloc;                     /* Allocated space */
  int nKey;                       /* Number of bytes in key */
  u8 *aKey;                       /* Pointer to current key */
};

/* Minimum allowable value for the VdbeSorter.nWorking variable */
#define SORTER_MIN_WORKING 10

/* Maximum number of segments to merge in a single pass. */
#define SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT 16

/*
** Free all memory belonging to the VdbeSorterIter object passed as the second
** argument. All structure fields are set to zero before returning.
*/
static void vdbeSorterIterZero(sqlite3 *db, VdbeSorterIter *pIter){
  sqlite3DbFree(db, pIter->aAlloc);
  memset(pIter, 0, sizeof(VdbeSorterIter));
}

/*
** Advance iterator pIter to the next key in its PMA. Return SQLITE_OK if
** no error occurs, or an SQLite error code if one does.
*/
static int vdbeSorterIterNext(
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle (for sqlite3DbMalloc() ) */
  VdbeSorterIter *pIter           /* Iterator to advance */
){
  int rc;                         /* Return Code */
  int nRead;                      /* Number of bytes read */
  int nRec = 0;                   /* Size of record in bytes */
  int iOff = 0;                   /* Size of serialized size varint in bytes */

  nRead = pIter->iEof - pIter->iReadOff;
  if( nRead>5 ) nRead = 5;
  if( nRead<=0 ){
    /* This is an EOF condition */
    vdbeSorterIterZero(db, pIter);
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  rc = sqlite3OsRead(pIter->pFile, pIter->aAlloc, nRead, pIter->iReadOff);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    iOff = getVarint32(pIter->aAlloc, nRec);
    if( (iOff+nRec)>nRead ){
      int nRead2;                   /* Number of extra bytes to read */
      if( (iOff+nRec)>pIter->nAlloc ){
        int nNew = pIter->nAlloc*2;
        while( (iOff+nRec)>nNew ) nNew = nNew*2;
        pIter->aAlloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(db, pIter->aAlloc, nNew);
        if( !pIter->aAlloc ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
        pIter->nAlloc = nNew;
      }
  
      nRead2 = iOff + nRec - nRead;
      rc = sqlite3OsRead(
          pIter->pFile, &pIter->aAlloc[nRead], nRead2, pIter->iReadOff+nRead
      );
    }
  }

  assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nRec>0 );
  pIter->iReadOff += iOff+nRec;
  pIter->nKey = nRec;
  pIter->aKey = &pIter->aAlloc[iOff];
  return rc;
}

/*
** Write a single varint, value iVal, to file-descriptor pFile. Return
** SQLITE_OK if successful, or an SQLite error code if some error occurs.
**
** The value of *piOffset when this function is called is used as the byte
** offset in file pFile to write to. Before returning, *piOffset is 
** incremented by the number of bytes written.
*/
static int vdbeSorterWriteVarint(
  sqlite3_file *pFile,            /* File to write to */
  i64 iVal,                       /* Value to write as a varint */
  i64 *piOffset                   /* IN/OUT: Write offset in file pFile */
){
  u8 aVarint[9];                  /* Buffer large enough for a varint */
  int nVarint;                    /* Number of used bytes in varint */
  int rc;                         /* Result of write() call */

  nVarint = sqlite3PutVarint(aVarint, iVal);
  rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pFile, aVarint, nVarint, *piOffset);
  *piOffset += nVarint;

  return rc;
}

/*
** Read a single varint from file-descriptor pFile. Return SQLITE_OK if
** successful, or an SQLite error code if some error occurs.
**
** The value of *piOffset when this function is called is used as the
** byte offset in file pFile from whence to read the varint. If successful
** (i.e. if no IO error occurs), then *piOffset is set to the offset of
** the first byte past the end of the varint before returning. *piVal is
** set to the integer value read. If an error occurs, the final values of
** both *piOffset and *piVal are undefined.
*/
static int vdbeSorterReadVarint(
  sqlite3_file *pFile,            /* File to read from */
  i64 iEof,                       /* Total number of bytes in file */
  i64 *piOffset,                  /* IN/OUT: Read offset in pFile */
  i64 *piVal                      /* OUT: Value read from file */
){
  u8 aVarint[9];                  /* Buffer large enough for a varint */
  i64 iOff = *piOffset;           /* Offset in file to read from */
  int nRead = 9;                  /* Number of bytes to read from file */
  int rc;                         /* Return code */

  assert( iEof>iOff );
  if( (iEof-iOff)<nRead ){
    nRead = iEof-iOff;
  }

  rc = sqlite3OsRead(pFile, aVarint, nRead, iOff);
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    *piOffset += getVarint(aVarint, (u64 *)piVal);
  }

  return rc;
}

/*
** Initialize iterator pIter to scan through the PMA stored in file pFile
** starting at offset iStart and ending at offset iEof-1. This function 
** leaves the iterator pointing to the first key in the PMA (or EOF if the 
** PMA is empty).
*/
static int vdbeSorterIterInit(
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
  VdbeSorter *pSorter,            /* Sorter object */
  i64 iStart,                     /* Start offset in pFile */
  VdbeSorterIter *pIter,          /* Iterator to populate */
  i64 *pnByte                     /* IN/OUT: Increment this value by PMA size */
){
  int rc;

  assert( pSorter->iWriteOff>iStart );
  assert( pIter->aAlloc==0 );
  pIter->pFile = pSorter->pTemp1;
  pIter->iReadOff = iStart;
  pIter->nAlloc = 128;
  pIter->aAlloc = (u8 *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, pIter->nAlloc);
  if( !pIter->aAlloc ){
    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }else{
    i64 iEof = pSorter->iWriteOff;     /* EOF of file pSorter->pTemp1 */
    i64 nByte;                         /* Total size of PMA in bytes */
    rc = vdbeSorterReadVarint(pSorter->pTemp1, iEof, &pIter->iReadOff, &nByte);
    *pnByte += nByte;
    pIter->iEof = pIter->iReadOff + nByte;
  }
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    rc = vdbeSorterIterNext(db, pIter);
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** This function is called to compare two iterator keys when merging 
** multiple b-tree segments. Parameter iOut is the index of the aTree[] 
** value to recalculate.
*/
static int vdbeSorterDoCompare(VdbeCursor *pCsr, int iOut){
  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
  int i1;
  int i2;
  int iRes;
  VdbeSorterIter *p1;
  VdbeSorterIter *p2;

  assert( iOut<pSorter->nTree && iOut>0 );

  if( iOut>=(pSorter->nTree/2) ){
    i1 = (iOut - pSorter->nTree/2) * 2;
    i2 = i1 + 1;
  }else{
    i1 = pSorter->aTree[iOut*2];
    i2 = pSorter->aTree[iOut*2+1];
  }

  p1 = &pSorter->aIter[i1];
  p2 = &pSorter->aIter[i2];

  if( p1->pFile==0 ){
    iRes = i2;
  }else if( p2->pFile==0 ){
    iRes = i1;
  }else{
    char aSpace[150];
    UnpackedRecord *r1;

    r1 = sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(
        pCsr->pKeyInfo, p1->nKey, p1->aKey, aSpace, sizeof(aSpace)
    );
    if( r1==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;

    if( sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(p2->nKey, p2->aKey, r1)>=0 ){
      iRes = i1;
    }else{
      iRes = i2;
    }
    sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(r1);
  }

  pSorter->aTree[iOut] = iRes;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

/*
** Initialize the temporary index cursor just opened as a sorter cursor.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterInit(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr){
  assert( pCsr->pKeyInfo && pCsr->pBt );
  pCsr->pSorter = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(VdbeSorter));
  return (pCsr->pSorter ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
}

/*
** Free any cursor components allocated by sqlite3VdbeSorterXXX routines.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3VdbeSorterClose(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr){
  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
  if( pSorter ){
    if( pSorter->aIter ){
      int i;
      for(i=0; i<pSorter->nTree; i++){
        vdbeSorterIterZero(db, &pSorter->aIter[i]);
      }
      sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter->aIter);
    }
    if( pSorter->pTemp1 ){
      sqlite3OsCloseFree(pSorter->pTemp1);
    }
    sqlite3DbFree(db, pSorter);
    pCsr->pSorter = 0;
  }
}

/*
** Allocate space for a file-handle and open a temporary file. If successful,
** set *ppFile to point to the malloc'd file-handle and return SQLITE_OK.
** Otherwise, set *ppFile to 0 and return an SQLite error code.
*/
static int vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_file **ppFile){
  int dummy;
  return sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(db->pVfs, 0, ppFile,
      SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL |
      SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE    | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
      SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE    | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE, &dummy
  );
}


/*
** Write the current contents of the b-tree to a PMA. Return SQLITE_OK
** if successful, or an SQLite error code otherwise.
**
** The format of a PMA is:
**
**     * A varint. This varint contains the total number of bytes of content
**       in the PMA (not including the varint itself).
**
**     * One or more records packed end-to-end in order of ascending keys. 
**       Each record consists of a varint followed by a blob of data (the 
**       key). The varint is the number of bytes in the blob of data.
*/
static int vdbeSorterBtreeToPMA(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
  int res = 0;

  /* sqlite3BtreeFirst() cannot fail because sorter btrees are always held
  ** in memory and so an I/O error is not possible. */
  rc = sqlite3BtreeFirst(pCsr->pCursor, &res);
  if( NEVER(rc!=SQLITE_OK) || res ) return rc;
  assert( pSorter->nBtree>0 );

  /* If the first temporary PMA file has not been opened, open it now. */
  if( pSorter->pTemp1==0 ){
    rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, &pSorter->pTemp1);
    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->pTemp1 );
    assert( pSorter->iWriteOff==0 );
    assert( pSorter->nPMA==0 );
  }

  if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
    i64 iWriteOff = pSorter->iWriteOff;
    void *aMalloc = 0;            /* Array used to hold a single record */
    int nMalloc = 0;              /* Allocated size of aMalloc[] in bytes */

    pSorter->nPMA++;
    for(
      rc = vdbeSorterWriteVarint(pSorter->pTemp1, pSorter->nBtree, &iWriteOff);
      rc==SQLITE_OK && res==0;
      rc = sqlite3BtreeNext(pCsr->pCursor, &res)
    ){
      i64 nKey;                   /* Size of this key in bytes */

      /* Write the size of the record in bytes to the output file */
      (void)sqlite3BtreeKeySize(pCsr->pCursor, &nKey);
      rc = vdbeSorterWriteVarint(pSorter->pTemp1, nKey, &iWriteOff);

      /* Make sure the aMalloc[] buffer is large enough for the record */
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nKey>nMalloc ){
        aMalloc = sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(db, aMalloc, nKey);
        if( !aMalloc ){ 
          rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; 
        }else{
          nMalloc = nKey;
        }
      }

      /* Write the record itself to the output file */
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        /* sqlite3BtreeKey() cannot fail because sorter btrees held in memory */
        rc = sqlite3BtreeKey(pCsr->pCursor, 0, nKey, aMalloc);
        if( ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
          rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pSorter->pTemp1, aMalloc, nKey, iWriteOff);
          iWriteOff += nKey;
        }
      }

      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) break;
    }

    /* This assert verifies that unless an error has occurred, the size of 
    ** the PMA on disk is the same as the expected size stored in
    ** pSorter->nBtree. */ 
    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->nBtree==(
          iWriteOff-pSorter->iWriteOff-sqlite3VarintLen(pSorter->nBtree)
    ));

    pSorter->iWriteOff = iWriteOff;
    sqlite3DbFree(db, aMalloc);
  }

  pSorter->nBtree = 0;
  return rc;
}

/*
** This function is called on a sorter cursor by the VDBE before each row 
** is inserted into VdbeCursor.pCsr. Argument nKey is the size of the key, in
** bytes, about to be inserted.
**
** If it is determined that the temporary b-tree accessed via VdbeCursor.pCsr
** is large enough, its contents are written to a sorted PMA on disk and the
** tree emptied. This prevents the b-tree (which must be small enough to
** fit entirely in the cache in order to support efficient inserts) from
** growing too large.
**
** An SQLite error code is returned if an error occurs. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterWrite(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr, int nKey){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
  if( pSorter ){
    Pager *pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pCsr->pBt);
    int nPage;                    /* Current size of temporary file in pages */

    /* Sorters never spill to disk */
    assert( sqlite3PagerFile(pPager)->pMethods==0 );

    /* Determine how many pages the temporary b-tree has grown to */
    sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);

    /* If pSorter->nWorking is still zero, but the temporary file has been
    ** created in the file-system, then the most recent insert into the
    ** current b-tree segment probably caused the cache to overflow (it is
    ** also possible that sqlite3_release_memory() was called). So set the
    ** size of the working set to a little less than the current size of the 
    ** file in pages.  */
    if( pSorter->nWorking==0 && sqlite3PagerUnderStress(pPager) ){
      pSorter->nWorking = nPage-5;
      if( pSorter->nWorking<SORTER_MIN_WORKING ){
        pSorter->nWorking = SORTER_MIN_WORKING;
      }
    }

    /* If the number of pages used by the current b-tree segment is greater
    ** than the size of the working set (VdbeSorter.nWorking), start a new
    ** segment b-tree.  */
    if( pSorter->nWorking && nPage>=pSorter->nWorking ){
      BtCursor *p = pCsr->pCursor;/* Cursor structure to close and reopen */
      int iRoot;                  /* Root page of new tree */

      /* Copy the current contents of the b-tree into a PMA in sorted order.
      ** Close the currently open b-tree cursor. */
      rc = vdbeSorterBtreeToPMA(db, pCsr);
      sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(p);

      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = sqlite3BtreeDropTable(pCsr->pBt, 2, 0);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
        sqlite3PagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
        assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || nPage==1 );
#endif
      }
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(pCsr->pBt, &iRoot, BTREE_BLOBKEY);
      }
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        assert( iRoot==2 );
        rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pCsr->pBt, iRoot, 1, pCsr->pKeyInfo, p);
      }
    }

    pSorter->nBtree += sqlite3VarintLen(nKey) + nKey;
  }
  return rc;
}

/*
** Helper function for sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(). 
*/
static int vdbeSorterInitMerge(
  sqlite3 *db,                    /* Database handle */
  VdbeCursor *pCsr,               /* Cursor handle for this sorter */
  i64 *pnByte                     /* Sum of bytes in all opened PMAs */
){
  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
  int i;                          /* Used to iterator through aIter[] */
  i64 nByte = 0;                  /* Total bytes in all opened PMAs */

  /* Initialize the iterators. */
  for(i=0; i<SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT; i++){
    VdbeSorterIter *pIter = &pSorter->aIter[i];
    rc = vdbeSorterIterInit(db, pSorter, pSorter->iReadOff, pIter, &nByte);
    pSorter->iReadOff = pIter->iEof;
    assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->iReadOff<=pSorter->iWriteOff );
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->iReadOff>=pSorter->iWriteOff ) break;
  }

  /* Initialize the aTree[] array. */
  for(i=pSorter->nTree-1; rc==SQLITE_OK && i>0; i--){
    rc = vdbeSorterDoCompare(pCsr, i);
  }

  *pnByte = nByte;
  return rc;
}

/*
** Once the sorter has been populated, this function is called to prepare
** for iterating through its contents in sorted order.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRewind(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){
  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
  int rc;                         /* Return code */
  sqlite3_file *pTemp2 = 0;       /* Second temp file to use */
  i64 iWrite2 = 0;                /* Write offset for pTemp2 */
  int nIter;                      /* Number of iterators used */
  int nByte;                      /* Bytes of space required for aIter/aTree */
  int N = 2;                      /* Power of 2 >= nIter */

  assert( pSorter );

  /* Write the current b-tree to a PMA. Close the b-tree cursor. */
  rc = vdbeSorterBtreeToPMA(db, pCsr);
  sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(pCsr->pCursor);
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
  if( pSorter->nPMA==0 ){
    *pbEof = 1;
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }

  /* Allocate space for aIter[] and aTree[]. */
  nIter = pSorter->nPMA;
  if( nIter>SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ) nIter = SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT;
  assert( nIter>0 );
  while( N<nIter ) N += N;
  nByte = N * (sizeof(int) + sizeof(VdbeSorterIter));
  pSorter->aIter = (VdbeSorterIter *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, nByte);
  if( !pSorter->aIter ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  pSorter->aTree = (int *)&pSorter->aIter[N];
  pSorter->nTree = N;

  do {
    int iNew;                     /* Index of new, merged, PMA */

    for(iNew=0; 
        rc==SQLITE_OK && iNew*SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT<pSorter->nPMA; 
        iNew++
    ){
      i64 nWrite;                 /* Number of bytes in new PMA */

      /* If there are SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT or less PMAs in file pTemp1,
      ** initialize an iterator for each of them and break out of the loop.
      ** These iterators will be incrementally merged as the VDBE layer calls
      ** sqlite3VdbeSorterNext().
      **
      ** Otherwise, if pTemp1 contains more than SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT PMAs,
      ** initialize interators for SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT of them. These PMAs
      ** are merged into a single PMA that is written to file pTemp2.
      */
      rc = vdbeSorterInitMerge(db, pCsr, &nWrite);
      assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[1] ].pFile );
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pSorter->nPMA<=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ){
        break;
      }

      /* Open the second temp file, if it is not already open. */
      if( pTemp2==0 ){
        assert( iWrite2==0 );
        rc = vdbeSorterOpenTempFile(db, &pTemp2);
      }

      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = vdbeSorterWriteVarint(pTemp2, nWrite, &iWrite2);
      }

      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        int bEof = 0;
        while( rc==SQLITE_OK && bEof==0 ){
          int nToWrite;
          VdbeSorterIter *pIter = &pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[1] ];
          assert( pIter->pFile );
          nToWrite = pIter->nKey + sqlite3VarintLen(pIter->nKey);
          rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pTemp2, pIter->aAlloc, nToWrite, iWrite2);
          iWrite2 += nToWrite;
          if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
            rc = sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(db, pCsr, &bEof);
          }
        }
      }
    }

    if( pSorter->nPMA<=SORTER_MAX_MERGE_COUNT ){
      break;
    }else{
      sqlite3_file *pTmp = pSorter->pTemp1;
      pSorter->nPMA = iNew;
      pSorter->pTemp1 = pTemp2;
      pTemp2 = pTmp;
      pSorter->iWriteOff = iWrite2;
      pSorter->iReadOff = 0;
      iWrite2 = 0;
    }
  }while( rc==SQLITE_OK );

  if( pTemp2 ){
    sqlite3OsCloseFree(pTemp2);
  }
  *pbEof = (pSorter->aIter[pSorter->aTree[1]].pFile==0);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Advance to the next element in the sorter.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterNext(sqlite3 *db, VdbeCursor *pCsr, int *pbEof){
  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
  int iPrev = pSorter->aTree[1];  /* Index of iterator to advance */
  int i;                          /* Index of aTree[] to recalculate */
  int rc;                         /* Return code */

  rc = vdbeSorterIterNext(db, &pSorter->aIter[iPrev]);
  for(i=(pSorter->nTree+iPrev)/2; rc==SQLITE_OK && i>0; i=i/2){
    rc = vdbeSorterDoCompare(pCsr, i);
  }

  *pbEof = (pSorter->aIter[pSorter->aTree[1]].pFile==0);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Copy the current sorter key into the memory cell pOut.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3VdbeSorterRowkey(VdbeCursor *pCsr, Mem *pOut){
  VdbeSorter *pSorter = pCsr->pSorter;
  VdbeSorterIter *pIter;

  pIter = &pSorter->aIter[ pSorter->aTree[1] ];

  /* Coverage testing note: As things are currently, this call will always
  ** succeed. This is because the memory cell passed by the VDBE layer 
  ** happens to be the same one as was used to assemble the keys before they
  ** were passed to the sorter - meaning it is always large enough for the
  ** largest key. But this could change very easily, so we leave the call
  ** to sqlite3VdbeMemGrow() in. */
  if( NEVER(sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(pOut, pIter->nKey, 0)) ){
    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
  }
  pOut->n = pIter->nKey;
  MemSetTypeFlag(pOut, MEM_Blob);
  memcpy(pOut->z, pIter->aKey, pIter->nKey);

  return SQLITE_OK;
}

#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT */

/************** End of vdbesort.c ********************************************/
/************** Begin file journal.c *****************************************/
/*
** 2007 August 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
................................................................................
**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree for
** an SQL statement.
*/
/* #include <stdlib.h> */
/* #include <string.h> */


/*
** Walk an expression tree.  Invoke the callback once for each node
** of the expression, while decending.  (In other words, the callback
** is invoked before visiting children.)
**
................................................................................
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree and
** resolve all identifiers by associating them with a particular
** table and column.
*/
/* #include <stdlib.h> */
/* #include <string.h> */

/*
** Turn the pExpr expression into an alias for the iCol-th column of the
** result set in pEList.
**
** If the result set column is a simple column reference, then this routine
** makes an exact copy.  But for any other kind of expression, this
................................................................................
  int noErr          /* Suppress error messages if VIEW already exists */
){
  Table *p;
  int n;
  const char *z;
  Token sEnd;
  DbFixer sFix;
  Token *pName = 0;
  int iDb;
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;

  if( pParse->nVar>0 ){
    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "parameters are not allowed in views");
    sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
    return;
................................................................................
      int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
      destroyRootPage(pParse, iLargest, iDb);
      iDestroyed = iLargest;
    }
  }
#endif
}

/*
** Remove entries from the sqlite_stat1 and sqlite_stat2 tables
** after a DROP INDEX or DROP TABLE command.
*/
static void sqlite3ClearStatTables(
  Parse *pParse,         /* The parsing context */
  int iDb,               /* The database number */
  const char *zType,     /* "idx" or "tbl" */
  const char *zName      /* Name of index or table */
){
  static const char *azStatTab[] = { "sqlite_stat1", "sqlite_stat2" };
  int i;
  const char *zDbName = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
  for(i=0; i<ArraySize(azStatTab); i++){
    if( sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, azStatTab[i], zDbName) ){
      sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
        "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE %s=%Q",
        zDbName, azStatTab[i], zType, zName
      );
    }
  }
}

/*
** This routine is called to do the work of a DROP TABLE statement.
** pName is the name of the table to be dropped.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3DropTable(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int isView, int noErr){
  Table *pTab;
................................................................................
    ** dropped. Triggers are handled seperately because a trigger can be
    ** created in the temp database that refers to a table in another
    ** database.
    */
    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
        "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE tbl_name=%Q and type!='trigger'",
        pDb->zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pTab->zName);








    sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "tbl", pTab->zName);
    if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
      destroyTable(pParse, pTab);
    }

    /* Remove the table entry from SQLite's internal schema and modify
    ** the schema cookie.
    */
................................................................................
** the index already exists and must be cleared before being refilled and
** the root page number of the index is taken from pIndex->tnum.
*/
static void sqlite3RefillIndex(Parse *pParse, Index *pIndex, int memRootPage){
  Table *pTab = pIndex->pTable;  /* The table that is indexed */
  int iTab = pParse->nTab++;     /* Btree cursor used for pTab */
  int iIdx = pParse->nTab++;     /* Btree cursor used for pIndex */
  int iSorter = iTab;            /* Cursor opened by OpenSorter (if in use) */
  int addr1;                     /* Address of top of loop */
  int tnum;                      /* Root page of index */
  Vdbe *v;                       /* Generate code into this virtual machine */
  KeyInfo *pKey;                 /* KeyInfo for index */
  int regIdxKey;                 /* Registers containing the index key */
  int regRecord;                 /* Register holding assemblied index record */
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;      /* The database connection */
  int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pIndex->pSchema);

  /* Set bUseSorter to use OP_OpenSorter, or clear it to insert directly 
  ** into the index. The sorter is used unless either OMIT_MERGE_SORT is
  ** defined or the system is configured to store temp files in-memory. */
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MERGE_SORT
  static const int bUseSorter = 0;
#else
  const int bUseSorter = !sqlite3TempInMemory(pParse->db);
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_REINDEX, pIndex->zName, 0,
      db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
    return;
  }
#endif
................................................................................
  }
  pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIndex);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iIdx, tnum, iDb, 
                    (char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
  if( memRootPage>=0 ){
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, 1);
  }

  /* Open the sorter cursor if we are to use one. */
  if( bUseSorter ){
    iSorter = pParse->nTab++;
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenSorter, iSorter, 0, 0, (char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO);
    sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, BTREE_SORTER);
  }

  /* Open the table. Loop through all rows of the table, inserting index
  ** records into the sorter. */
  sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iTab, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenRead);
  addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iTab, 0);
  regRecord = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
  regIdxKey = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIndex, iTab, regRecord, 1);

  if( bUseSorter ){
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IdxInsert, iSorter, regRecord);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iTab, addr1+1);
    sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);
    addr1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Sort, iSorter, 0);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowKey, iSorter, regRecord);
  }

  if( pIndex->onError!=OE_None ){
    const int regRowid = regIdxKey + pIndex->nColumn;
    const int j2 = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + 2;
    void * const pRegKey = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(regIdxKey);

    /* The registers accessed by the OP_IsUnique opcode were allocated
    ** using sqlite3GetTempRange() inside of the sqlite3GenerateIndexKey()
................................................................................
    ** we can be sure that no other temp registers have been allocated
    ** since sqlite3ReleaseTempRange() was called, it is safe to do so.
    */
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_IsUnique, iIdx, j2, regRowid, pRegKey, P4_INT32);
    sqlite3HaltConstraint(
        pParse, OE_Abort, "indexed columns are not unique", P4_STATIC);
  }
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_IdxInsert, iIdx, regRecord, bUseSorter);
  sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_USESEEKRESULT);
  sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRecord);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iSorter, addr1+1);
  sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr1);

  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iTab);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdx);
  sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iSorter);
}

/*
** Create a new index for an SQL table.  pName1.pName2 is the name of the index 
** and pTblList is the name of the table that is to be indexed.  Both will 
** be NULL for a primary key or an index that is created to satisfy a
** UNIQUE constraint.  If pTable and pIndex are NULL, use pParse->pNewTable
................................................................................

  /* Generate code to remove the index and from the master table */
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v ){
    sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
       "DELETE FROM %Q.%s WHERE name=%Q AND type='index'",
       db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pIndex->zName

    );






    sqlite3ClearStatTables(pParse, iDb, "idx", pIndex->zName);
    sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
    destroyRootPage(pParse, pIndex->tnum, iDb);
    sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropIndex, iDb, 0, 0, pIndex->zName, 0);
  }

exit_drop_index:
  sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName);
................................................................................
**           A natural cross join B
**
** The operator is "natural cross join".  The A and B operands are stored
** in p->a[0] and p->a[1], respectively.  The parser initially stores the
** operator with A.  This routine shifts that operator over to B.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3SrcListShiftJoinType(SrcList *p){
  if( p ){
    int i;
    assert( p->a || p->nSrc==0 );
    for(i=p->nSrc-1; i>0; i--){
      p->a[i].jointype = p->a[i-1].jointype;
    }
    p->a[0].jointype = 0;
  }
}

................................................................................
** This file contains the C functions that implement various SQL
** functions of SQLite.  
**
** There is only one exported symbol in this file - the function
** sqliteRegisterBuildinFunctions() found at the bottom of the file.
** All other code has file scope.
*/
/* #include <stdlib.h> */
/* #include <assert.h> */

/*
** Return the collating function associated with a function.
*/
static CollSeq *sqlite3GetFuncCollSeq(sqlite3_context *context){
  return context->pColl;
}
................................................................................
    ** early.  */
    if( pParse->disableTriggers ){
      pTo = sqlite3FindTable(db, pFKey->zTo, zDb);
    }else{
      pTo = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pFKey->zTo, zDb);
    }
    if( !pTo || locateFkeyIndex(pParse, pTo, pFKey, &pIdx, &aiFree) ){
      assert( isIgnoreErrors==0 || (regOld!=0 && regNew==0) );
      if( !isIgnoreErrors || db->mallocFailed ) return;
      if( pTo==0 ){
        /* If isIgnoreErrors is true, then a table is being dropped. In this
        ** case SQLite runs a "DELETE FROM xxx" on the table being dropped
        ** before actually dropping it in order to check FK constraints.
        ** If the parent table of an FK constraint on the current table is
        ** missing, behave as if it is empty. i.e. decrement the relevant
        ** FK counter for each row of the current table with non-NULL keys.
        */
        Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
        int iJump = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v) + pFKey->nCol + 1;
        for(i=0; i<pFKey->nCol; i++){
          int iReg = pFKey->aCol[i].iFrom + regOld + 1;
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_IsNull, iReg, iJump);
        }
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_FkCounter, pFKey->isDeferred, -1);
      }
      continue;
    }
    assert( pFKey->nCol==1 || (aiFree && pIdx) );

    if( aiFree ){
      aiCol = aiFree;
    }else{
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1     const sqlite3_api_routines *sqlite3_api = 0;
#define SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(v)  sqlite3_api = v;

#endif /* _SQLITE3EXT_H_ */

/************** End of sqlite3ext.h ******************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in loadext.c ********************/
/* #include <string.h> */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION

/*
** Some API routines are omitted when various features are
** excluded from a build of SQLite.  Substitute a NULL pointer
** for any missing APIs.
................................................................................
      sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, addrSortIndex, 1);
      p->addrOpenEphm[2] = -1;
    }

    if( pWInfo->eDistinct ){
      VdbeOp *pOp;                /* No longer required OpenEphemeral instr. */
     
      assert( addrDistinctIndex>=0 );
      pOp = sqlite3VdbeGetOp(v, addrDistinctIndex);

      assert( isDistinct );
      assert( pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_ORDERED 
           || pWInfo->eDistinct==WHERE_DISTINCT_UNIQUE 
      );
      distinct = -1;
................................................................................
** This file contains the sqlite3_get_table() and sqlite3_free_table()
** interface routines.  These are just wrappers around the main
** interface routine of sqlite3_exec().
**
** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked
** if they are not used.
*/
/* #include <stdlib.h> */
/* #include <string.h> */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE

/*
** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through
** to the callback function is uses to build the result.
*/
................................................................................
  ** to this virtual table */
  for(i=nTerm=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
    if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
    assert( (pTerm->eOperator&(pTerm->eOperator-1))==0 );
    testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN );
    testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL );
    if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ) continue;
    if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue;
    nTerm++;
  }

  /* If the ORDER BY clause contains only columns in the current 
  ** virtual table then allocate space for the aOrderBy part of
  ** the sqlite3_index_info structure.
  */
................................................................................

  for(i=j=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
    if( pTerm->leftCursor != pSrc->iCursor ) continue;
    assert( (pTerm->eOperator&(pTerm->eOperator-1))==0 );
    testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_IN );
    testcase( pTerm->eOperator==WO_ISNULL );
    if( pTerm->eOperator & (WO_IN|WO_ISNULL) ) continue;
    if( pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VNULL ) continue;
    pIdxCons[j].iColumn = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
    pIdxCons[j].iTermOffset = i;
    pIdxCons[j].op = (u8)pTerm->eOperator;
    /* The direct assignment in the previous line is possible only because
    ** the WO_ and SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_ codes are identical.  The
    ** following asserts verify this fact. */
    assert( WO_EQ==SQLITE_INDEX_CONSTRAINT_EQ );
................................................................................
** The only modifications are the addition of a couple of NEVER()
** macros to disable tests that are needed in the case of a general
** LALR(1) grammar but which are always false in the
** specific grammar used by SQLite.
*/
/* First off, code is included that follows the "include" declaration
** in the input grammar file. */
/* #include <stdio.h> */


/*
** Disable all error recovery processing in the parser push-down
** automaton.
*/
#define YYNOERRORRECOVERY 1
................................................................................
#else
  yyStackEntry yystack[YYSTACKDEPTH];  /* The parser's stack */
#endif
};
typedef struct yyParser yyParser;

#ifndef NDEBUG
/* #include <stdio.h> */
static FILE *yyTraceFILE = 0;
static char *yyTracePrompt = 0;
#endif /* NDEBUG */

#ifndef NDEBUG
/* 
** Turn parser tracing on by giving a stream to which to write the trace
................................................................................
*************************************************************************
** An tokenizer for SQL
**
** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into
** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the
** parser for analysis.
*/
/* #include <stdlib.h> */

/*
** The charMap() macro maps alphabetic characters into their
** lower-case ASCII equivalent.  On ASCII machines, this is just
** an upper-to-lower case map.  On EBCDIC machines we also need
** to adjust the encoding.  Only alphabetic characters and underscores
** need to be translated.
................................................................................
    assert(sizeof(x)==8);
    assert(sizeof(x)==sizeof(y));
    memcpy(&y, &x, 8);
    assert( sqlite3IsNaN(y) );
  }
#endif
#endif

  /* Do extra initialization steps requested by the SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT
  ** compile-time option.
  */
#ifdef SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT
  if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit ){
    int SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT(void);
    rc = SQLITE_EXTRA_INIT();
  }
#endif

  return rc;
}

/*
** Undo the effects of sqlite3_initialize().  Must not be called while
** there are outstanding database connections or memory allocations or
................................................................................
/************** Continuing where we left off in fts3.c ***********************/
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)

#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) && !defined(SQLITE_CORE)
# define SQLITE_CORE 1
#endif

/* #include <assert.h> */
/* #include <stdlib.h> */
/* #include <stddef.h> */
/* #include <stdio.h> */
/* #include <string.h> */
/* #include <stdarg.h> */

#ifndef SQLITE_CORE 
  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
#endif

static int fts3EvalNext(Fts3Cursor *pCsr);
static int fts3EvalStart(Fts3Cursor *pCsr);
................................................................................
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)

/* #include <string.h> */
/* #include <assert.h> */

typedef struct Fts3auxTable Fts3auxTable;
typedef struct Fts3auxCursor Fts3auxCursor;

struct Fts3auxTable {
  sqlite3_vtab base;              /* Base class used by SQLite core */
  Fts3Table *pFts3Tab;
................................................................................
#endif

/*
** Default span for NEAR operators.
*/
#define SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM 10

/* #include <string.h> */
/* #include <assert.h> */

/*
** isNot:
**   This variable is used by function getNextNode(). When getNextNode() is
**   called, it sets ParseContext.isNot to true if the 'next node' is a 
**   FTSQUERY_PHRASE with a unary "-" attached to it. i.e. "mysql" in the
**   FTS3 query "sqlite -mysql". Otherwise, ParseContext.isNot is set to
................................................................................
/****************************************************************************
*****************************************************************************
** Everything after this point is just test code.
*/

#ifdef SQLITE_TEST

/* #include <stdio.h> */

/*
** Function to query the hash-table of tokenizers (see README.tokenizers).
*/
static int queryTestTokenizer(
  sqlite3 *db, 
  const char *zName,  
................................................................................
**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
**
**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)

/* #include <assert.h> */
/* #include <stdlib.h> */
/* #include <string.h> */


/*
** Malloc and Free functions
*/
static void *fts3HashMalloc(int n){
  void *p = sqlite3_malloc(n);
................................................................................
**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
**
**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)

/* #include <assert.h> */
/* #include <stdlib.h> */
/* #include <stdio.h> */
/* #include <string.h> */


/*
** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer
*/
typedef struct porter_tokenizer {
  sqlite3_tokenizer base;      /* Base class */
................................................................................
**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
**
**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)

/* #include <assert.h> */
/* #include <string.h> */

/*
** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying 
** hash table. This function may be called as follows:
**
**   SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>);
**   SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <pointer>);
................................................................................
  sqlite3_free(zCopy);
  return rc;
}


#ifdef SQLITE_TEST

/* #include <tcl.h> */
/* #include <string.h> */

/*
** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers 
** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This
** function must be called with two arguments:
**
**   SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <input-string>);
................................................................................
**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
**
**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)

/* #include <assert.h> */
/* #include <stdlib.h> */
/* #include <stdio.h> */
/* #include <string.h> */


typedef struct simple_tokenizer {
  sqlite3_tokenizer base;
  char delim[128];             /* flag ASCII delimiters */
} simple_tokenizer;

................................................................................
** tables. It also contains code to merge FTS3 b-tree segments. Some
** of the sub-routines used to merge segments are also used by the query 
** code in fts3.c.
*/

#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)

/* #include <string.h> */
/* #include <assert.h> */
/* #include <stdlib.h> */

/*
** When full-text index nodes are loaded from disk, the buffer that they
** are loaded into has the following number of bytes of padding at the end 
** of it. i.e. if a full-text index node is 900 bytes in size, then a buffer
** of 920 bytes is allocated for it.
**
................................................................................
**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
*/

#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)

/* #include <string.h> */
/* #include <assert.h> */

/*
** Characters that may appear in the second argument to matchinfo().
*/
#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NPHRASE   'p'        /* 1 value */
#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NCOL      'c'        /* 1 value */
#define FTS3_MATCHINFO_NDOC      'n'        /* 1 value */
................................................................................
#endif

#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
#else
#endif

/* #include <string.h> */
/* #include <assert.h> */

#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
#include "sqlite3rtree.h"
typedef sqlite3_int64 i64;
typedef unsigned char u8;
typedef unsigned int u32;
#endif
................................................................................

/* Include ICU headers */
#include <unicode/utypes.h>
#include <unicode/uregex.h>
#include <unicode/ustring.h>
#include <unicode/ucol.h>

/* #include <assert.h> */

#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
#else
#endif

/*
................................................................................
**
*************************************************************************
** This file implements a tokenizer for fts3 based on the ICU library.
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU

/* #include <assert.h> */
/* #include <string.h> */

#include <unicode/ubrk.h>
/* #include <unicode/ucol.h> */
/* #include <unicode/ustring.h> */
#include <unicode/utf16.h>

typedef struct IcuTokenizer IcuTokenizer;
typedef struct IcuCursor IcuCursor;

struct IcuTokenizer {
  sqlite3_tokenizer base;

**
** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.7.8"
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3007008
#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2011-07-28 20:48:38 1b56677bdfb102d070a2057a65ba424fec81131d"

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid
**
** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
................................................................................
** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications
** with specialized memory allocation requirements.  This object is
** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative
** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in
** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such
** conditions.
**
** The xMalloc and xFree methods must work like the
** malloc() and free() functions from the standard C library.
** The xRealloc method must work like realloc() from the standard C library
** with the exception that if the second argument to xRealloc is zero,
** xRealloc must be a no-op - it must not perform any allocation or
** deallocation.  ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to
** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup.
** And so in cases where xRoundup always returns a positive number,
** xRealloc can perform exactly as the standard library realloc() and
** still be in compliance with this specification.
**
** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation
** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc.  The allocated size
** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger.
**
** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of
** a memory allocation given a particular requested size.  Most memory

**
** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.7.8"
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3007008
#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2011-08-31 23:57:22 2869ed28299b1c9f355ecc24635830f7f1249126"

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid
**
** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
................................................................................
** and that this object is only useful to a tiny minority of applications
** with specialized memory allocation requirements.  This object is
** also used during testing of SQLite in order to specify an alternative
** memory allocator that simulates memory out-of-memory conditions in
** order to verify that SQLite recovers gracefully from such
** conditions.
**
** The xMalloc, xRealloc, and xFree methods must work like the
** malloc(), realloc() and free() functions from the standard C library.



** ^SQLite guarantees that the second argument to
** xRealloc is always a value returned by a prior call to xRoundup.



**
** xSize should return the allocated size of a memory allocation
** previously obtained from xMalloc or xRealloc.  The allocated size
** is always at least as big as the requested size but may be larger.
**
** The xRoundup method returns what would be the allocated size of
** a memory allocation given a particular requested size.  Most memory

 *
 * Written by Joe Mistachkin.
 * Released to the public domain, use at your own risk!
 *
 */

#ifndef INTEROP_VERSION
#define INTEROP_VERSION       "1.0.74.0"
#endif

 *
 * Written by Joe Mistachkin.
 * Released to the public domain, use at your own risk!
 *
 */

#ifndef INTEROP_VERSION
#define INTEROP_VERSION       "1.0.75.0"
#endif

//      Minor Version 
//      Build Number
//      Revision
//
// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers 
// by using the '*' as shown below:
// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")]
[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.74.0")]
[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.74.0")]

//      Minor Version 
//      Build Number
//      Revision
//
// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers 
// by using the '*' as shown below:
// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")]
[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.75.0")]
[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.75.0")]

//      Major Version
//      Minor Version 
//      Build Number
//      Revision
//
// You can specify all the values or you can default the Revision and Build Numbers 
// by using the '*' as shown below:
[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.74.0")]
#if !PLATFORM_COMPACTFRAMEWORK
[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.74.0")]
#endif

//      Major Version
//      Minor Version 
//      Build Number
//      Revision
//
// You can specify all the values or you can default the Revision and Build Numbers 
// by using the '*' as shown below:
[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.75.0")]
#if !PLATFORM_COMPACTFRAMEWORK
[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.75.0")]
#endif

  /// <summary>
  /// This class implements SQLiteBase completely, and is the guts of the code that interop's SQLite with .NET
  /// </summary>
  internal class SQLite3 : SQLiteBase
  {
#if !PLATFORM_COMPACTFRAMEWORK
    internal const string DesignerVersion = "1.0.74.0";
#endif

    /// <summary>
    /// The opaque pointer returned to us by the sqlite provider
    /// </summary>
    protected SQLiteConnectionHandle _sql;
    protected string _fileName;

  /// <summary>
  /// This class implements SQLiteBase completely, and is the guts of the code that interop's SQLite with .NET
  /// </summary>
  internal class SQLite3 : SQLiteBase
  {
#if !PLATFORM_COMPACTFRAMEWORK
    internal const string DesignerVersion = "1.0.75.0";
#endif

    /// <summary>
    /// The opaque pointer returned to us by the sqlite provider
    /// </summary>
    protected SQLiteConnectionHandle _sql;
    protected string _fileName;

#if !SQLITE_STANDARD

#if !USE_INTEROP_DLL

#if !PLATFORM_COMPACTFRAMEWORK
    private const string SQLITE_DLL = "System.Data.SQLite.dll";
#else
    internal const string SQLITE_DLL = "SQLite.Interop.074.dll";
#endif // PLATFORM_COMPACTFRAMEWORK

#else
    private const string SQLITE_DLL = "SQLite.Interop.dll";
#endif // USE_INTEROP_DLL

#else

#if !SQLITE_STANDARD

#if !USE_INTEROP_DLL

#if !PLATFORM_COMPACTFRAMEWORK
    private const string SQLITE_DLL = "System.Data.SQLite.dll";
#else
    internal const string SQLITE_DLL = "SQLite.Interop.075.dll";
#endif // PLATFORM_COMPACTFRAMEWORK

#else
    private const string SQLITE_DLL = "SQLite.Interop.dll";
#endif // USE_INTEROP_DLL

#else

<configuration>
  <system.data>
    <DbProviderFactories>
      <remove invariant="System.Data.SQLite" />
      <add name="SQLite Data Provider" invariant="System.Data.SQLite" description=".Net Framework Data Provider for SQLite" type="System.Data.SQLite.SQLiteFactory, System.Data.SQLite, Version=1.0.74.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=db937bc2d44ff139" />
    </DbProviderFactories>
  </system.data>
</configuration>

<configuration>
  <system.data>
    <DbProviderFactories>
      <remove invariant="System.Data.SQLite" />
      <add name="SQLite Data Provider" invariant="System.Data.SQLite" description=".Net Framework Data Provider for SQLite" type="System.Data.SQLite.SQLiteFactory, System.Data.SQLite, Version=1.0.75.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=db937bc2d44ff139" />
    </DbProviderFactories>
  </system.data>
</configuration>

<?xml version="1.0"?>
<configuration>
  <system.data>
    <DbProviderFactories>
      <remove invariant="System.Data.SQLite" />
      <add name="SQLite Data Provider" invariant="System.Data.SQLite" description=".Net Framework Data Provider for SQLite" type="System.Data.SQLite.SQLiteFactory, System.Data.SQLite, Version=1.0.74.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=db937bc2d44ff139" />
    </DbProviderFactories>
  </system.data>
  <connectionStrings>
    <add name="northwindEFEntities" connectionString="metadata=res://*/NorthwindModel2008.csdl|res://*/NorthwindModel2008.ssdl|res://*/NorthwindModel2008.msl;provider=System.Data.SQLite;provider connection string=&quot;data source=.\northwindEF.db&quot;" providerName="System.Data.EntityClient" />
  </connectionStrings>
</configuration>

<?xml version="1.0"?>
<configuration>
  <system.data>
    <DbProviderFactories>
      <remove invariant="System.Data.SQLite" />
      <add name="SQLite Data Provider" invariant="System.Data.SQLite" description=".Net Framework Data Provider for SQLite" type="System.Data.SQLite.SQLiteFactory, System.Data.SQLite, Version=1.0.75.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=db937bc2d44ff139" />
    </DbProviderFactories>
  </system.data>
  <connectionStrings>
    <add name="northwindEFEntities" connectionString="metadata=res://*/NorthwindModel2008.csdl|res://*/NorthwindModel2008.ssdl|res://*/NorthwindModel2008.msl;provider=System.Data.SQLite;provider connection string=&quot;data source=.\northwindEF.db&quot;" providerName="System.Data.EntityClient" />
  </connectionStrings>
</configuration>

<?xml version="1.0"?>
<configuration>
  <system.data>
    <DbProviderFactories>
      <remove invariant="System.Data.SQLite" />
      <add name="SQLite Data Provider" invariant="System.Data.SQLite" description=".Net Framework Data Provider for SQLite" type="System.Data.SQLite.SQLiteFactory, System.Data.SQLite, Version=1.0.74.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=db937bc2d44ff139" />
    </DbProviderFactories>
  </system.data>
  <connectionStrings>
    <add name="northwindEFEntities" connectionString="metadata=res://*/NorthwindModel2010.csdl|res://*/NorthwindModel2010.ssdl|res://*/NorthwindModel2010.msl;provider=System.Data.SQLite;provider connection string=&quot;data source=.\northwindEF.db&quot;" providerName="System.Data.EntityClient" />
  </connectionStrings>
</configuration>

<?xml version="1.0"?>
<configuration>
  <system.data>
    <DbProviderFactories>
      <remove invariant="System.Data.SQLite" />
      <add name="SQLite Data Provider" invariant="System.Data.SQLite" description=".Net Framework Data Provider for SQLite" type="System.Data.SQLite.SQLiteFactory, System.Data.SQLite, Version=1.0.75.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=db937bc2d44ff139" />
    </DbProviderFactories>
  </system.data>
  <connectionStrings>
    <add name="northwindEFEntities" connectionString="metadata=res://*/NorthwindModel2010.csdl|res://*/NorthwindModel2010.ssdl|res://*/NorthwindModel2010.msl;provider=System.Data.SQLite;provider connection string=&quot;data source=.\northwindEF.db&quot;" providerName="System.Data.EntityClient" />
  </connectionStrings>
</configuration>

    <ul>
      <li>&lt;root&gt;\Doc\Extra\dbfactorysupport.html</li>
      <li>&lt;root&gt;\Doc\Extra\welcome.html</li>
      <li>&lt;root&gt;\test\app.config</li>
      <li>&lt;root&gt;\testlinq\2008\App.config</li>
      <li>&lt;root&gt;\testlinq\2010\App.config</li>

      <li>&lt;root&gt;\SQLite.Interop\props\SQLite.Interop.vsprops</li>
      <li>&lt;root&gt;\SQLite.Interop\props\SQLite.Interop.props</li>
      <li>&lt;root&gt;\SQLite.Interop\src\win\interop.h</li>
      <li>&lt;root&gt;\System.Data.SQLite\AssemblyInfo.cs</li>
      <li>&lt;root&gt;\System.Data.SQLite\SQLite3.cs</li>
      <li>&lt;root&gt;\System.Data.SQLite\UnsafeNativeMethods.cs</li>
      <li>&lt;root&gt;\System.Data.SQLite.Linq\AssemblyInfo.cs</li>

    <ul>
      <li>&lt;root&gt;\Doc\Extra\dbfactorysupport.html</li>
      <li>&lt;root&gt;\Doc\Extra\welcome.html</li>
      <li>&lt;root&gt;\test\app.config</li>
      <li>&lt;root&gt;\testlinq\2008\App.config</li>
      <li>&lt;root&gt;\testlinq\2010\App.config</li>
      <li>&lt;root&gt;\SQLite.Designer\AssemblyInfo.cs</li>
      <li>&lt;root&gt;\SQLite.Interop\props\SQLite.Interop.vsprops</li>
      <li>&lt;root&gt;\SQLite.Interop\props\SQLite.Interop.props</li>
      <li>&lt;root&gt;\SQLite.Interop\src\win\interop.h</li>
      <li>&lt;root&gt;\System.Data.SQLite\AssemblyInfo.cs</li>
      <li>&lt;root&gt;\System.Data.SQLite\SQLite3.cs</li>
      <li>&lt;root&gt;\System.Data.SQLite\UnsafeNativeMethods.cs</li>
      <li>&lt;root&gt;\System.Data.SQLite.Linq\AssemblyInfo.cs</li>